Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Staffing & Employment Services / PageGroup / FY2011 Annual Report

PageGroup
Annual Report 2011

PAGE · LSE Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker PAGE
Exchange LSE
Sector Communication Services
Industry Staffing & Employment Services
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2011 Annual Report · PageGroup
Loading PDF…
annual report
and accounts 2011

ArgentinA

AustrAliA

AustriA
BelgiuM
BrAzil
cAnAdA
chinA
frAnce
gerMAny
hong kong
indiA
irelAnd
itAly
jApAn

luxeMBourg
MAlAysiA
Mexico

Morocco
the netherlAnds
new zeAlAnd
polAnd
portugAl

qAtAr

russiA

singApore
south AfricA

spAin

sweden

switzerlAnd

turkey
uAe
uk

usA

In just thirty-six years, Michael Page International has 
grown to become one of the world’s best-known and 
most respected recruitment consultancies. Today, we 
are proud to set the standard within our profession for 
specialist service, with a personal touch.

Contents

HIGHLIGHTS .........................................................................2
CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT ..................................................3
OVERVIEW .............................................................................4
BUSINESS REVIEW ............................................................12
  Group strategy ...................................................................13
  Review of 2011 ..................................................................14
  Regional review of 2011 .....................................................16
  Financial review of 2011 .....................................................24
  Balance sheet .....................................................................25
  Cash flow ...........................................................................26
  Net cash and group borrowing facilities ..............................26
  Key Performance Indicators (“KPIs”) ...................................27
  Going concern ....................................................................28
  Foreign exchange ...............................................................28
   Treasury management and currency risk ............................29
  Principal risks and uncertainties ..........................................29
  Board changes ...................................................................30
  Summary and current trading .............................................31

BOARD OF DIRECTORS ....................................................32
DIRECTORS’ REPORT........................................................36
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE .............................................46
REMUNERATION REPORT .................................................54
AUDITOR’S REPORT ..........................................................64
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ..................................................66
   Consolidated income statement .........................................67
  Consolidated statement of 
  Comprehensive income ......................................................67
   Consolidated and parent company balance sheets ............68
  Consolidated statement of changes in equity .....................70
  Statement of changes in equity – parent company .............71
  Consolidated and parent company 
  Cash flow statements .........................................................72
  Notes to the financial statements........................................73
FIVE YEAR SUMMARY .....................................................105
 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION AND ADVISERS ..........106
ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION ...........................................108

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING .........................................114
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT AND STATEMENT OF 
DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES ...................................122

 
i

H
G
H
l
i
G
H
T
S

HIGHLIGHTS:

Strong results benefiting from geographic  
and discipline diversification

Revenue (£m)

Gross Profit (£m)

1,019.1

2011

832.3

2010

716.7

2009

972.8

2008

831.6

2007

553.8

2011

442.2

2010

351.7

2009

552.7

2008

478.1

2007

Profit Before Tax (£m)

Basic Earnings Per Share (pence)

86.0

2011

72.2*

2010

21.1

2009

140.1

2008

147.4

2007

18.7

2011

15.1*

2010

3.9

30.3

31.1

2009

2008

2007

Dividend Per Share (pence)

Headcount At Year End

10.0

9.0

8.0

8.0

8.0

2011

2010

2009

2008

2007

2

*Before non-recurring items.

5,286

2011

4,498

2010

3,549

2009

4,943

2008

5,052

2007

  Strong results despite challenging macro 

economic backdrop

  25% (23%*) growth in gross profit to a 

record level of £553.8m

  Benefiting from geographic diversification 

with growth in all regions

  Continued organic investment with  
17 new offices and 3 new country openings  
in 2011

  Gross profit from permanent placements 

growing at 28% (25%*)

  Share repurchases of £30.3m during 2011

  Strong balance sheet with net cash at 

year end of £58.2m 

  Total dividend increased 11% to 10.0p 

(2010: 9.0p)

  Headcount at year end of 5,286, up 17.5% 

on 2010

Chairman’s statement

Strengths

Before joining the Michael Page Group, as anyone should before joining a company, I did a thorough 
assessment. Very quickly I was able to identify the business has a powerful set of strengths:
•	

	A	focused	strategy	of	organic	growth	−	rolling	out	Michael	Page	and	Page	Personnel	into	country	
after country, city after city, discipline after discipline;

•	 An	expanding	presence	in	many	growth	markets,	including	Asia	and	Latin	America;
•	 Powerful	global	brands	recognised	everywhere;
•	 One	of	the	strongest	“make	it	happen”	cultures	I	have	come	across	in	forty	years;
•	 A	work	hard	/	play	hard	/	go	anywhere	management	group;	and
•	 A	small	and	effective	Board	whose	members	are	a	real	team	and	great	colleagues.

We are free of the constraints that hold back countless businesses.

We have:
•	 No	debt	to	speak	of;
•	 No	unfunded	pension	scheme;
•	 No	acquisition	integration	problems;
•	 No	layers	of	bureaucracy;	and	
•	 No	burdensome	fixed	costs.

Performance

In	a	difficult	worldwide	economy	MPI	has	continued	to	grow,	with	gross	profit	up	23%	on	the	year.	
This has been driven not only by our Asian and Latin American businesses, but also by Germany  
and other EMEA countries.

Further	detail	on	our	performance	is	in	the	Business	Review	on	page	12.

Dividend

We are committed to increasing the dividend over the course of the economic cycle in line with  
our long-term growth rate. That way, we can maintain a sustainable level of dividend payment  
during	downturns,	as	well	as	during	more	prosperous	times.	In	respect	of	the	2011	financial	year,	 
we	intend	to	pay	a	final	dividend	of	6.75p,	bringing	the	full	year	dividend	to	10.0p	(2010	9.0p).

The Board

Our board is undergoing considerable change. Last year it was announced that Stephen Puckett,  
our Group Finance Director, was leaving, but would stay until his successor had been found.  
Andrew	Bracey	in	January	agreed	to	join	us	as	Chief	Financial	Officer.	He	starts	in	April.	

We are delighted to have him. Stephen continues his responsibilities and will ensure a smooth 
transition to Andrew is completed. We are grateful for his dedication and professionalism.

We recently announced that Charles-Henri Dumon had left the plc board. His responsibilities have 
been assumed by the Regional Managing Directors responsible for Continental Europe and the 
Americas, who will now report directly to Steve Ingham, our CEO. I would like to thank Charles-Henri 
for	his	many	successes	over	27	years	of	service.

Hubert	Reid,	our	Senior	Independent	Director	(SID),	is	stepping	down	at	the	AGM	after	nine	years	
on the Board. Hubert has been the ideal SID. I shall miss his wise counsel. Ruby McGregor-Smith, 
Chairman of our Audit Committee, has kindly agreed to step into the role. A search for a new  
Non-Executive	Director	is	underway.

Lastly, but by no means least, our Chairman for ten years, Sir Adrian Montague, left the Board on 
31st	December.	I	am	very	grateful	to	Adrian	for	his	thoughtful	advice	and	for	the	way	he	handled	 
the transition. The Board and the Company have been particularly fortunate to have had him leading 
the	Board	since	2002.	He	has	left	the	Company	looking	very	different	than	when	he	started	–	 
more	global,	more	diversified	and	substantially	larger.

Governance

There are three elements of our governance that are particularly important. The Board debates and 
decides on strategy, holding the Executive team accountable for its execution. We ensure that we 
have and will have the most talented leadership, both within the Executive and on the Board.  
We	always	ask,	“what	is	the	right	thing	to	do?”	so	that	everyone	involved	with	the	Michael	Page	
Group can continue to be proud of us. My job is to make sure these three things happen. Further 
details of how the Company is governed and how the Board is run are given elsewhere in this report. 

Looking Ahead

Our	priorities	for	2012	are	clear.	We	will	continue	executing	on	our	organic	growth	strategy;	we	will	
continue the investment in and implementation of new systems to support our candidates, clients and 
consultants; and we will build an even more global business, organisation and culture. The Board will 
concentrate on supporting and challenging our management team to ensure this happens.

As	a	so-called	“cyclical	growth”	company,	we	are	exposed	to	the	ups	and	downs	of	the	global	
economy. We cannot affect that, but the Group will respond to it nimbly, as it always has done.  
We have every reason to be very grateful to the people of the Michael Page Group who make  
that happen.

Robin Buchanan 
Chairman 
6	March	2012

3

Overview

+25%

GRowTH In GRoSS PRofIT  
AnD RAPID PRofIT RECovERY

+11%

InCREASE on fuLL  
YEAR 2010 DIvIDEnD

+20%

GRowTH In oPERATInG  
PRofIT unDERLYInG*

+18%

GRowTH In 
HEADCounT

£59m

of CASH PAID In DIvIDEnDS  
AnD SHARE REPuRCHASES

£58m

of nET CASH 
AT EnD of 2011

*Before non-recurring items.

4

BuSInESS PERfoRMAnCE In 2011:

Recovery in our profits, strong cash position  
and continued confidence in the future

Reported	revenue	for	the	year	was	just	over	£1billion,	up	22%	on	2010	and	up	20%	in	constant	
currency.	This	was	our	first	ever	year	with	revenue	in	excess	of	£1billion.	Gross	profit	was	up	
25%	at	£554m,	which	in	constant	currency	is	23%	ahead	of	2010.	Operating	profit	was	£86m,	
up	20%	on	last	year.	Profit	before	tax	was	£86.1m,	which	was	lower	than	the	£101m	in	2010	
due	to	£28.5m	of	income	related	to	a	refund	of	VAT	recorded	in	2010.	Basic	earnings	per	share	
were	18.7p,	up	23.8%	on	the	2010	basic	EPS	before	non	recurring	items.

We	propose	to	increase	the	final	dividend	by	10.3%	to	6.75p	per	share	and	this	will	be	paid	on	
6th	June.	This	would	make	the	full	year	dividend	10p	per	share,	which	is	11.1%	up	on	2010	and	
in line with our policy of setting a level of dividend we believe is sustainable throughout cycles.  
In	the	first	half,	we	also	returned	£30m	to	shareholders,	repurchasing	and	cancelling	5.7m	shares.

Gross	profit	from	permanent	placements	grew	at	28%,	with	temporary	placements	growing	 
at	17%.	As	a	consequence,	the	ratio	of	our	gross	profit	for	the	year	was	79%	from	permanent	
placements	and	21%	from	temporary	placements.	

Cash	flow	for	the	year	was	strong,	with	just	over	£103m	of	cash	generated	from	operations.	
Taxation	paid	was	£37m	and	net	capital	expenditure	was	£29m,	which	includes	our	continued	
expenditure	on	systems	and	the	investment	in	the	opening	of	a	number	of	offices	in	markets	
where	we	are	growing	quickly.	Dividends	paid	in	the	year	were	£28.5m	and	the	already	
mentioned	share	repurchases	of	£30m,	resulted	in	a	net	cash	outflow	of	£20m.	Our	net	cash	
position	remains	strong	at	just	under	£60m.

HEADCOUNT AND GROSS PROFIT AS REPORTED

200

150

m
£

100

0
.
1
2
5 1
.
5
0
1

1
.
8
2
1

4
.
3
2
1

4
.
2
5
1

3
.
1
4
1

3
.
0
4
1

7
.
8
1
1

50

0

8
.
7
4
1

6
.
2
4
1

1
.
6
3
1

3
.
7
2
1

8
.
9
1
1

7
.
1
1
1

8
.
2
1
1

9
.
7
9

0
.
5
9

6
.
0
9

8
.
3
8

3
.

2
8

Q1

Q3

Q2
2007

Q4

Q1

Q3

Q2
2008

Q4

Q1

Q3

Q2
2009

Q4

Q1

Q4

Q1

Q3

Q2
2010

Q4

Q3

Q2
2011

6000

4500

3000

1500

0

H
e
a
d
c
o
u
n
t

5

A BuSInESS STRuCTuRE foR GRowTH:

Focus on expanding in faster growing and less-
developed markets with limited competition

organic development of the business

In	order	to	grow	rapidly,	you	have	to	have	the	platform	or	foundations	to	support	it.	We	believe	we	have	that,	with	over	2,400	years	of	Michael	Page	Director	experience	 
now	spread	over	34	countries.	This	ensures	we	meet	the	needs	of	global	or	international	clients	and	candidates	who	have	increased	geographic	mobility,	with	a	 
consistent quality, culture and set of values worldwide. With a meritocratically, home-grown, management team it creates a high level of trust, retains our  
entrepreneurs, as we are constantly launching new businesses, and makes lines of communication clear and simple. As we go through cycles, we protect the  
platforms	and	in	downturns	invest	modestly,	increasing	the	rate	in	upturns.	Last	year,	our	headcount	grew	by	nearly	800,	as	we	grew	existing	offices	and	countries	 
and	launched	three	new	ones,	Qatar,	Malaysia	and	India.	In	the	first	two	months	of	2012,	we	have	opened	in	two	new	countries,	Colombia	and	Morocco.

THE EXPANDING PLATFORM

1
1
1
5

16 years
Cumulative 
profit before tax
£25m

4

14

17

356

12 years
Cumulative 
profit before tax
£391m

16

77

92

2,260

6 years
Cumulative 
profit before tax
£511m

KEY:

Countries

Country Disciplines

Directors

Headcount

28

216

165

3,549

29

230

186

32

265

227

4,4988

5,286

1976

1991

2003

2009

2010

2011

O
v
e
R
v
e
w

i

6

we have continued to pursue a strategy of organic growth, diversification 
and positioning the Group in markets with low levels of competition.

Positioned for growth

Our growth is organic, but strategically, as well as growing 
existing business, our objective is to expand into less developed 
recruitment markets where, as a result, competition is far more 
limited. Many of these markets are emerging economies and are 
growing far faster than established ones, such as the UK. Only 11 
years	ago	58%	of	our	gross	profit	came	from	the	most	developed	
and	competitive	Australian	and	UK	markets,	whereas	only	9%	
was from the least developed and least competitive markets.  
Our ability to grow fastest is naturally where markets have the 
potential to develop and where competition is weakest. At the end 
of	2011,	we	have	47%,	or	to	be	precise	1,794,	of	our	fee	earners	
in	these	“higher	potential”	markets	and	that	figure	is	growing	fast.	
Our track record of growth in this underdeveloped category is 
over	40%	compound	annual	growth	rate	of	gross	profit.

Numerous opportunities for long-term growth so  
we will continue to invest.

2000
Gross Profit £240m

9%      196

33%    501

58%    960

Almost 50% of fee earners now in markets where  
competition is low.

KEY:

2011
Gross Profit £554m

2011
Growth

47%
 1794

10%

    Rest of EMEA*

+32%

11%

    Asia

+54%

10%

16%

    Latin America

+58%

    +41%

    Canada, Germany,
    Italy, New Zealand,
    Spain

+31%

21%    805

    France, Holland
    and USA

+21%

32%    1198

    Australia and UK

+11%

PROPORTION OF RECRUITMENT THAT IS OUTSOURCED
30-70%

>70%

<30%

Fee Earners

7

DEvELoPInG LATIn AMERICA:

Market leading business representing over 
10% of Group gross profit

Right place, right time – Latin America

We are very proud of what we have achieved in what we regard as the areas of biggest 
opportunities for future growth for the Group. These markets, not withstanding language,  
culture and security issues, are very different from where Michael Page started. While launching 
and growing businesses is never easy, the challenge only increases with these additional issues  
and complexities to master. Eleven years ago we made that call in Latin America, with our 
first	office	of	five	people	in	Sâo	Paulo.	There	are	very	few	shortcuts:	you	have	to	have	the	
right management, the right proposition, the right vision, the right support and a long-term 
commitment. The management team were Patrick Hollard and Olivier Lemaitre, two members  
of today’s Executive Board.

Four	years	later	we	opened	office	number	two,	in	Rio	de	Janeiro.	By	this	time	we	had	 
Brazilian managers, Roberto Machado and Paulo Pontes, who joined the Group at the start of  
our	Latin	American	journey	in	Sâo	Paulo	and	were	growing	rapidly	and	capable	of	taking	on	 
more responsibility.

Three	years	later	in	2007,	we	had	expanded	our	Brazilian	business	to	five	offices	and	launched	
Page Personnel. In addition, we had opened in Mexico City. One advantage of also being the 
market leader in Southern Europe is that we have linguists who are attracted by the Latin culture 
who we can use in the short or medium-term to supplement the local management team and 
accelerate	our	investment.	In	2007,	Roberto	moved	from	Brazil	to	launch	Michael	Page	Argentina,	
with	an	office	in	Buenos	Aires.	Headcount	in	the	region	was	by	then	up	to	261.

By	2011,	with	the	management	team	growing	and	our	continued	investment,	the	business	has	
boomed.	We	opened	in	Santiago,	Chile,	in	2010	also	under	Roberto	and	this	grew	throughout	
2011	to	over	30	in	headcount.	Argentina	and	Mexico	continued	to	expand,	with	a	total	headcount	
of	over	150.	Offices	continued	to	open,	with	a	second	in	Mexico	and	three	new	offices	in	Brazil,	
including Porto Alegre. This year our investment continues, with the new country launch of 
Colombia	with	our	first	office	in	Bogota.	Patrick	runs	Latin	America,	Roberto	Argentina,	Chile	 
and Colombia and Paulo, Brazil.

The long-term future looks very positive, with lots more to do and build on.

Mexico 
City

Bogota (2012)

Recife

Belo Horizonte

Campinas

Rio de Janeiro

São Paulo

Curitiba

Porto Alegre

Santiago

Buenos Aires

O
v
e
R
v
e
w

i

8

DEvELoPInG ASIA:

Strength of management to succeed in high 
potential, challenging markets

Right place, right time – Asia

In Asia, it’s a similar story to Latin America, with different challenges, languages, cultures  
and	economies.	At	the	same	time	we	launched	in	Brazil,	we	were	just	two	offices	in	Asia	–	 
Singapore	and	Hong	Kong	–	at	that	time,	the	two	most	obvious	locations	to	have	offices.

Beijing

Tokyo

One year later we had opened in Japan, with management transferred from Hong Kong, as well 
as	our	first	office	in	mainland	China,	in	Shanghai	in	2003.	The	language	and	cultural	challenges	
we found were greater to overcome than Latin America, but gradually we were growing our own 
management expertise.

New Delhi

Mumbai
Nariman Point
Bandra

Shanghai
Pudong
Suzhou
Chaoyan

Hong Kong
Shatin
Shenzhen
Guangzhou
Admiralty
Pacific Place

Kuala Lumpur

Singapore
Jurong
Raffles Place

As	a	result,	we	found	it	easier	to	open	larger	offices	in	existing	locations	than	to	open	more	offices.	
In	the	following	four	years	we	grew	headcount	by	137%	to	211,	with	only	one	new	office	opened.	
By now our team, supplemented by other experienced Michael Page management who were 
excited by the region, was strong enough to accelerate our growth.

In	the	last	four	years,	taking	us	up	to	the	start	of	2012,	we	have	opened	eleven	new	offices,	
opened	several	new	countries,	including	India	and	Malaysia,	increased	our	headcount	by	over	300	
to	520	and	launched	Page	Personnel	into	Singapore	and	Hong	Kong.

Our	business	in	India,	in	its	first	year,	has	grown	to	50	people	across	3	offices	and	the	early	signs	
are	very	promising.	We	have	committed	to	a	further	twenty-five	new	joiners,	hired	through	the	 
MBA campus programme and, with limited competition, we believe, with the right investment  
our prospects are good.

In	the	first	few	months	of	2012,	we	have	opened	another	office	in	China,	in	Suzhou	and	will	soon	
open in Taipei, Taiwan.

Asia for us is typically a permanent recruitment market that, compared to the rest of Michael Page, 
has our highest conversion rates. Today, we have a very solid foundation on which to build and we 
now understand how to continue to accelerate the growth.

9

O
v
e
R
v
e
w

i

10

EXPAnDInG ouR REACH:

Organic career moves enable  
a consistent global model

We’ve always believed that the only way to grow is organically and this airline style map shows how our organic development has moved 
Directors around the world, with some of the most recent highlighted. In addition, many more managers and consultants are transferred 
around in a similar way, helping with their career development and retention.

This movement of talent has continued so that we could exploit new markets, such as India, and where we needed to strengthen 
management teams, such as Holland. We believe this strength and depth of Michael Page management experience in each of the regions  
in	which	we	operate	is	the	key	factor	that	has	enabled	us	to	achieve	what	we	have	and	it	gives	us	the	confidence	that	we	can	achieve	a	 
lot more.

At	the	start	of	2012,	we	also	opened	in	two	new	countries,	Colombia	and	Morocco	and	expect	to	open	in	Taipei	in	Taiwan	at	the	end	of	the	
first	quarter	of	2012.

Colombia 

Morocco 

Taiwan 

We started our new business in the capital, Bogota, with the Finance & 
Accounting, Sales & Marketing, Engineering & Manufacturing and Supply Chain  
& Procurement disciplines. 

Colombia has the second largest population of any Spanish-speaking country in 
the world, and is an important hub for companies operating in the northern part 
of South America. It is also the only country in South America to have coasts on 
both the Pacific and Atlantic Oceans. The country is famous for the production of 
coffee, flowers, emeralds, coal and oil. 

Roberto Machado, who also runs both our Argentinean and Chilean businesses, 
is Managing Director of Michael Page Colombia and Beltrán Benjumea, who has 
been with Michael Page for ten years, runs the Bogota office.

We launched our new business in Casablanca with the Finance & Accounting, 
Sales & Marketing, Engineering & Manufacturing and Supply Chain & Procurement 
disciplines. Morocco is a stable, constitutional monarchy of 31 million people,  
and has produced sustained economic growth of 4.5% on average over the last 
eight years. 

The country is fast becoming an important regional hub for companies operating in 
North Africa, Western France and Central Africa. It has free trade agreements with 
the EU and the USA, and is a large recipient of investment from the Middle East. 

Boualem Kadi, who has worked within our African desk for Michael Page for six 
years, is Director of Michael Page Morocco.

We are due to launch our new business in Taipei, at the end of Q1 2012, initially 
with Finance & Accounting. Taiwan has a dynamic, capitalist, export-driven 
economy. The trade surplus is substantial and foreign reserves are the world’s fifth 
largest. In 2010, economic growth reached c.11%, the highest rate in almost 30 
years, international trade jumped more than 39% and the job market rose with 
most businesses looking to recruit. There are also strong flows of candidates in  
and out of Taiwan, with many heading for Asian cities.

Chris Preston runs the new team in Taipei, transferring from Shanghai where he 
learned much about recruitment in China. His career with us started in London  
with Michael Page Sales.

Basil Le Roux

London - Birmingham -
Leeds - Manchester - Tokyo

Chicago

Toronto

New York

San Francisco

Mexico

Rémy de Cazalet
Madrid - Lisbon - 
Istanbul - Mexico City

Bogota

James Mayo

London - Toronto - 
San Francisco

Leeds

Manchester

Birmingham

London

Paris

Brussels

Luxembourg

Moscow

Warsaw

Emily Le Roux
Manchester - Tokyo

Madrid

Lisbon

Istanbul

John Mayes
London - New Delhi - Singapore

Beltrán Benjumea
Madrid - Bogota

New Delhi

Dubai
Abu Dhabi

Mumbai

Sam Lee-Bapty
London - Hong Kong - 
Shanghai - Beijing

Tokyo

Beijing

Shanghai

Hong Kong

Jérôme Bouin
Paris - Brussels - 
Luxembourg - Singapore

Kuala Lumpar

Singapore

São Paulo

Rio de Janeiro

Santiago

Buenos 

Aires

Roberto Machado
São Paulo - Rio de Janeiro -
Buenos Aires - Santiago

Johannesburg

Gary James
London - New York - Sydney

Brisbane

Sydney

Melbourne

Auckland

11

Business 
review

To the members of Michael Page 
International plc

The business review discusses 
the following areas:

As	required	by	section	417	of	the	Companies	Act	2006,	
we set out our Business Review, which outlines what we 
believe to be a balanced and comprehensive analysis of the 
development and performance of the company.

Group strategy ................................................................... 13
Review	of	2011 .................................................................. 14
Regional	review	of	2011 ..................................................... 16
Financial	review	of	2011 ..................................................... 24
Balance sheet .................................................................... 25
Cash flow ........................................................................... 26
Net	cash	and	group	borrowing	facilities .............................. 26
Key	Performance	Indicators	(“KPIs”) ................................... 27
Going concern ................................................................... 28
Foreign exchange ............................................................... 28
Treasury management and currency risk ............................ 29
Principal risks and uncertainties .......................................... 29
Board changes ................................................................... 30
Summary and current trading ............................................. 31

12

Group strategy

The Group’s strategy is to expand and diversify the business by industry sectors, by professional 
disciplines, by geography and by level of focus, be it Page Personnel, Michael Page or in 
Executive Search, with the objective of being the leading specialist recruitment consultancy in 
each of our chosen markets.

As recruitment activity is dependent upon economic cycles, by being more diverse, the 
dependency on individual businesses or markets is reduced, making the overall Group more 
resilient. This strategy is pursued entirely through the organic growth of existing and new teams, 
offices,	disciplines	and	countries	with	a	consistent	team	and	meritocratic	culture.

Our organic growth is achieved by drawing upon the skills and experiences of proven  
Michael Page management, ensuring we have the best and most experienced, home-grown 
talent in each key role. When we invest in a new business, we do so only with a long-term 
objective and in the knowledge that at some point there will be periods when economic activity 
slows.	Whilst	it	is	difficult	to	predict	accurately	when	these	slowdowns	will	occur	and	how	 
severe they will be, it has been our practice in the past and remains our intention in the future  
to maintain our presence in our chosen markets, while keeping close control over our cost base.

Our	team-based	structure	and	profit	share	business	model	is	scalable.	The	small	size	of	our	
specialist teams also means that we can increase our headcount rapidly to achieve growth. 
When market conditions tighten, these teams then reduce in size largely through natural attrition. 
Consequently, our cost base will be reduced in a slowdown. Having invested years in training 
and developing our highly capable management teams, our objective is to ensure we retain 
this expertise within the Group. By following this course of action, we typically gain market 
share during downturns and position our businesses for market leading rates of growth when 
economic conditions improve.

Pursuing	this	approach	does	mean	that	in	an	economic	downturn	our	profitability	declines	as,	
in addition to the lower productivity levels that come with a slowdown, we also carry spare 
capacity.	However,	when	market	conditions	improve,	the	Group’s	profitability	recovers	quickly	as	
spare capacity is utilised. Adopting this strategy in times of economic slowdown also drives our 
financing	strategy	and	the	management	of	our	balance	sheet	position.	In	periods	of	economic	
slowdowns, the business has continued to produce strong cash flows, as working capital 
requirements reduce. However, with uncertainty around the length and depth of any economic 
slowdown, a strong balance sheet is essential in order to support the businesses through 
tougher periods and as economic conditions improve and the businesses start growing,  
to fund increased working capital requirements.

20 Countries 
71	Offices 
1,115 Fee Earners

Executive
Search

Qualified Professional

32 Countries 
125	Offices 
2,682 Fee Earners

s

Tea m

C

o

u

Offi

c

e

s

Culture

s
e

ciplin

n

tries

D i s

Clerical Professional

Generalist Staffing

To increase the diversification of Michael Page international by 
organically growing existing and new teams, offices, disciplines 
and countries with a consistent team and meritocratic culture 
and consistent client and candidate delivery.

13

Review of 2011

Gross profit

The	economic	recovery	continued	during	the	first	half	of	2011.	However,	in	July	2011,	
our Financial Services business started to weaken as concerns over the Eurozone began 
to emerge and economic growth expectations in Asia and the Americas were revised 
downwards.  As the crisis around the Eurozone and sovereign debt deepened, business 
confidence	levels	began	to	fall	with	clients	becoming	more	cautious	about	their	investment	in	
headcount and candidates becoming more cautious about changing roles. 

The slowing in activity levels impacted initially the more developed recruitment markets in 
the UK and Europe, but as concerns across the globe deepened, growth rates in emerging 
markets were also affected, particularly in markets where we have a greater reliance on 
international clients.

During	the	first	half	of	2011,	as	Continental	European	markets	were	continuing	to	show	signs	
of	recovery	and	we	were	experiencing	rapid	growth	in	Asia	Pacific	and	Latin	America,	we	
increased	our	headcount	by	354	in	the	first	quarter	and	by	269	in	the	second	quarter.	During	
the	third	quarter	we	added	a	further	229	heads,	as	we	continued	our	investment	in	Asia	and	
Latin America. However, it is the nature of our business model and managerial control that 
we quickly react to a changing market and consequently, in the fourth quarter as economic 
news	flow	became	increasingly	negative	and	business	confidence	began	to	deteriorate,	we	
reduced	our	headcount	by	64.	

During	the	course	of	2011,	we	maintained	our	strategy	of	organic	investment	in	developing	
and diversifying our business, with new country openings in Qatar, India and Malaysia. The 
roll-out of disciplines under the Michael Page and Page Personnel brands continued and we 
opened	a	number	of	new	offices.	At	the	start	of	2012,	we	also	launched	new	businesses	in	
Colombia and Morocco.

Revenue

Reported	revenue	for	the	year	was	22.4%	(20.3%*)	higher	at	£1,019.1m	(2010:	£832.3m).	
Revenue	from	permanent	placements	in	2011	grew	by	27.3%	(25.2%*)	to	£453.1m	(2010:	
£356.0m),	representing	44.5%	(2010:	42.8%)	of	Group	revenue.	Revenue	from	temporary	
placements	for	the	year	grew	by	18.8%	to	£566.0m	(2010:	£476.3m).	It	is	generally	typical	
during a period of economic recovery that permanent placements grow at a faster rate  
than temporary placements. This trend has been accentuated due to our faster growing 
regions of Asia and Latin America being predominantly permanent rather than temporary  
placement markets.

Gross	profit	for	the	year	grew	by	25.2%	(23.1%*)	to	£553.8m	(2010:	£442.2m).	The	year-
on-year	growth	rate	in	our	gross	profit	was	around	30%*	in	the	first	half,	but	as	the	Eurozone	
crisis	began	to	unfold,	the	year-on-year	growth	rate	slowed	to	22%*	in	the	third	quarter	and	
13%*	in	the	fourth	quarter.

The	Group’s	gross	margin	increased	to	54.3%	(2010:	53.1%),	largely	as	a	result	of	the	shift	in	
the mix of business due to the stronger rate of growth of permanent compared to temporary 
placements.	Gross	profit	from	permanent	placements	grew	by	27.5%	(25.4%*)	to	£438.4m	
(2010:	£343.8m),	representing	79.2%	(2010:	77.7%)	of	Group	gross	profit.	The	gross	margin	
from	permanent	placements	remained	broadly	flat	at	96.8%	(2010:	96.6%).	Gross	profit	
from	temporary	placements	increased	by	17.3%	(15.0%*)	to	£115.4m	(2010:	£98.4m),	
representing	20.8%	(2010:	22.3%)	of	Group	gross	profit.	The	gross	margin	achieved	on	
temporary	placements	was	20.4%	(2010:	20.7%)	and	was	relatively	stable	throughout	2011.

Operating profit and conversion rates

As	a	result	of	the	Group’s	organic	long-term	growth	strategy,	tight	control	on	costs	and	profit-
based bonuses, we have a business model that is highly operationally geared. The majority 
of	our	cost	base,	around	75%,	relates	to	our	staff,	with	the	other	main	components	being	
property and information technology costs. With a strategy of organic growth, the Group 
incurs start-up costs and operating losses as investments are made to grow existing and new 
businesses,	open	new	offices,	start	new	disciplines	and	launch	in	new	countries.	Furthermore,	
in	periods	when	headcount	is	increasing	significantly,	it	takes	time	to	train	and	develop	staff	
before they become fully productive. These characteristics of our growth strategy and the 
levels of investment impact on the conversion rates in any one reporting period.

The majority of our permanent placement activity is undertaken on a contingent basis, which 
means on those assignments, we only generate revenue when a candidate is successfully 
placed in a role. Our short-term visibility on these earnings is provided by the number of 
assignments we are working on, the number of candidates we have at interview and the 
stage they are at in the interview process. The average time to complete a placement from 
taking on an assignment to successfully placing a candidate tends to shorten in a recovery, 
increasing productivity, and the risk of the candidate being rejected or the assignment being 
cancelled decreases, thereby further increasing our earnings visibility. When economic 
conditions weaken and recruitment activity slows, these factors work in reverse and result in 
a rapid shortening of earnings visibility.

We	experienced	strong	growth	in	the	first	half	of	2011	in	all	our	regions,	with	the	exception	
of	the	UK	and	North	America.	To	support	and	achieve	this	growth	and	our	continuing	
investments	into	new	markets,	we	increased	the	group	headcount	in	the	first	three	quarters	
of	2011	by	852	people.	

i

B
u
S
N
e
S
S
R
e
v
e
w

i

14

 
As a result of the increasing macroeconomic concerns and the slowing in our growth rates, 
headcount	reduced	by	64	in	the	fourth	quarter.	Our	headcount	at	the	end	of	2011	was	5,286,	
which	is	17.5%	higher	than	at	the	end	of	2010.

The costs associated with increasing and decreasing the headcount capacity in the business are 
considered to be part of normal trading expenses and are therefore not separately disclosed as 
restructuring charges.

The Group’s strategy of growing organically using home-grown talent, maintaining market 
presence and maintaining spare capacity, means that the Group is highly operationally geared 
to	an	increase	in	gross	profit	as	economies	recover,	tempered	only	by	the	rate	of	investment	for	

future	growth.	This	is	reflected	in	the	20.3%	increase	in	operating	profit	from	£71.5m,	before	 
non-recurring	items,	in	2010,	to	£86.0m	in	2011.	However,	with	the	slowing	in	gross	profit	
growth	rates	in	the	second	half	of	2011	and	the	ongoing	investments	in	new	countries	and	 
new	markets,	the	Group’s	conversion	rate	of	operating	profit	from	gross	profit	fell	slightly	to	
15.5%	(2010:	16.2%).

Administrative	expenses	in	the	year	increased	by	26.2%	to	£467.7m	(2010:	£370.7m),	largely	
as	a	result	of	the	increase	in	headcount,	higher	profit-related	bonus	payments	and	investments	
in	new	office	and	country	start-ups.	Administrative	expenses	included	£13.0m	of	share-based	
payment	charges	(2010:	£12.4m)	in	respect	of	the	Group’s	deferred	annual	bonus	scheme,	 
long-term incentive plan and share option schemes.

Long-term on investment

1976
United Kingdom

1985
Australia

1993
Germany

1998
USA

1996
Singapore

2001
Switzerland
Japan

2002
Belgium
Sweden

2006
South Africa
Russia
Ireland
UAE
Mexico

2011
India
Malaysia
Qatar

2008
Austria
Turkey
New Zealand

2012
Colombia
Morocco
Taiwan

1987
Netherlands

1986
France

1997
Spain
Italy

2000
Por tugal
Brazil

1995
Hong Kong

2007
Luxembourg
Argentina

2003
China

2005
Poland
Canada

2010
Chile

Through economic cycles:

•	

	Maintain	infrastructure	and	market	presence

•	

	Strategic	and	measured	investments	for	the	longer-term

The Group’s 
strategy of growing 
organically using 
home-grown talent, 
maintaining market 
presence and 
maintaining spare 
capacity, means that 
the Group is highly 
operationally geared 
to an increase in 
gross profit as 
economies recover.

15

198519801976Headcount199019952000200520110100020003000400050006000Regional review of 2011

Continental Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA)

EMEA,	the	Group’s	largest	region,	contributing	43%	of	the	
Group’s	gross	profit	for	the	year,	grew	revenue	by	26.8%	
(24.1%*)	to	£421.2m	(2010:	£332.2m)	and	gross	profit	by	
27.0%	to	£239.6m	(2010:	£188.7m).

Continental Europe experienced a strong recovery during 
the	first	half	of	the	year	as	market	conditions	gradually	
improved and, with the exception of Southern Europe, this 
growth continued through the third quarter. However, the 
uncertainty	and	deterioration	in	confidence	that	started	
towards the middle of the third quarter in Southern Europe, 
driven by the sovereign debt issues in Greece and Italy, 
quickly spread across Continental Europe. 

In the fourth quarter, while activity levels remained high, the 
decision-making process of both clients and candidates 
extended with the increasing macro uncertainty, with many 
decisions being deferred. As a consequence, the growth 
rates of most businesses in EMEA slowed with the notable 
exception of Germany.

Having ensured we maintained our platform of businesses 
during the downturn, as activity levels increased during 
2011	the	spare	capacity	which	we	were	holding	in	the	
larger more established countries was utilised in line with 
trading conditions, following which headcount increased 
throughout	the	year.	Headcount	in	the	region	was	1,831	
at	the	start	of	the	year	and	increased	by	20.7%	to	2,210	
by the end of December, with the majority of the hiring 
taking	place	in	the	first	half	of	the	year.	With	the	increased	
level	of	gross	profit	and	the	benefit	from	the	utilisation	of	
spare	operational	capacity,	despite	growth	in	gross	profits	
decreasing	to	15.1%	in	the	fourth	quarter,	the	region	
recorded	a	further	strong	recovery	in	operating	profit	to	
£31.7m	(2010:	£22.3m),	a	conversion	rate	of	13.2%	 
(2010:	11.8%).

Virtually all countries across the region performed well 
during	2011.	The	Netherlands,	while	probably	our	most	
challenging	market,	recorded	year-on-year	gross	profit	
growth	of	21%*.	Other	notable	performances	were	in	
France	(37%	of	EMEA	up	21%*);	Germany	(15%	of	EMEA	
up	39%*);	Italy	(9%	of	EMEA	up	23%*);	and	Spain	(7%	of	
EMEA	up	15%*).	The	other	14	countries,	representing	32%	
of	the	EMEA	region,	achieved	gross	profit	growth	of	25%*.	
During	the	year,	we	opened	our	third	office	in	the	Middle	
East	in	Doha,	Qatar,	a	second	Portuguese	office,	in	Porto,	 
a	Page	Personnel	office	in	Geneva,	Switzerland,	and	further	
offices	in	Cologne,	Barcelona	and	Paris.

2011 highlights

   Strong growth of 27% across 18 countries

   Operating profit growth of 42%, conversion  

rate of 13%

   Strong finish to 2011 in Germany, 41%* YOY 

growth in Q4

   France, Spain and Italy benefit from strong 

market-leading	position

   Rest of EMEA (10% of Group) 13 countries, 

limited competition, growth +27%*

   New offices in Cologne, Barcelona, Paris, Geneva, 

Rome, Porto, Doha and Morocco

*Growth rates in local currency.

43%

of GRouP

18CounTRIES
79offICES
131

CounTRY DISCIPLInE  
CoMBInATIonS

2011

2010

Gross profit

£239.6m

+27% £188.7m

Operating profit

£31.7m

+42%

£22.3m

Headcount

2,210

+21%

1,831

i

B
u
S
N
e
S
S
R
e
v
e
w

i

16

 
HEADCOUNT AND GROSS PROFIT AS REPORTED

80

60

m
£

40

4
.
8
4

5
.
8
0 4
.
2
4

20

0

2
.
0
7

2
.
5
6

7
.
3
6

7
.
9
5

5
.
7
5

1
.
4
6

0
.
1
6

3
.
8
5

2
.
6
5

6
.
7
4

2
.
8
3

2
.
2
7 4
.
5
3

8
.
2
5

6
.
4
4

7
.
6
4

6
.
4
4

2400

1800

1200

600

0

t
n
u
o
c
d
a
e
H

Q1

Q3
Q2
2007

Q4

Q1

Q2
Q3
2008

Q4

Q1

Q3
Q2
2009

Q4

Q1

Q3
Q2
2010

Q4

Q1

Q3
Q2
2011

Q4

GROSS PROFIT BY REGION

GROSS PROFIT BY DISCIPLINE

TEMPORARY : PERMANENT

+27%

GRowTH In  
GRoSS PRofIT

£32m

oPERATInG PRofIT, 
uP fRoM £22M In 2010

2,210

HEADCounT (+21%)

KEY:

France

Holland

Germany

Italy

Spain

+21%*

+21%*

+39%*

+23%*

+15%*

Rest of EMEA**

+27%*

KEY:

Finance & Accounting

KEY:

Permanent

Marketing, Sales & Retail

Engineering, Property &
Construction, Procurement
& Supply Chain

Legal, Technology, HR,
Secretarial, Healthcare

Temporary

*Growth rates in local currency.   **Rest of EMEA: Austria, Belgium, Ireland, Luxembourg, Poland, Portugal, Qatar, Russia, South Africa, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey and UAE. 

17

As market conditions toughened, hiring slowed and the 
business reduced its headcount by natural attrition during 
the	final	quarter.	

Due to the slowing growth in the second half of the year, 
operating	profit	for	the	full	year	was	6.7%	lower	at	£18.3m	
(2010:	£19.6m),	representing	a	conversion	rate	of	14.1%	
(2010:	15.7%).

2011 highlights

   Gaining market share in a very competitive market

    Growth in private sector held back by a more 
restrained public sector (approx. 8% of UK)

   In tough market conditions remained profitable 

with a conversion rate of 14%

   Strength of brand in this very competitive market 

helping win war for clients and candidates

Regional review of 2011

United Kingdom

The	UK	contributed	24%	(2010:	28%)	of	the	Group’s	gross	
profit	in	2011.	Revenue	grew	by	7.4%	to	£324.9m	(2010:	
£302.6m)	and	gross	profit	grew	by	4.1%	to	£130.0m	
(2010:	£124.9m).	The	gross	margin	in	the	UK	has	remained	
flat	at	broadly	40%,	with	both	the	mix	of	permanent	and	
temporary	gross	profit	and	their	respective	gross	profit	
margins	remaining	largely	the	same	as	in	2010.

The UK business achieved modest year-on-year 
growth	in	every	quarter	of	2011,	although	the	quarterly	
growth rates declined throughout the year. Trading was 
characterised by growth in the private sector, held back by 
a more restrained public sector, and this trend persisted 
throughout	2011.	As	confidence	levels	deteriorated,	the	
relatively	stronger	growth	in	gross	profits	seen	during	the	
first	half,	slowed	markedly	in	July,	with	the	third	and	fourth	
quarters remaining only marginally in positive territory. 
Market	conditions	remained	tough	throughout	2011,	with	
clients and candidates remaining cautious over the impact 
of the government’s austerity measures and sovereign 
debt issues in the Eurozone. However, the UK business is 
well	diversified	in	terms	of	geography,	disciplines	and	the	
mix of permanent and temporary revenues, and now has 
only	limited	exposure	to	the	public	sector	(less	than	2%	of	
Group	gross	profit).

Headcount	was	1,324	at	the	start	of	the	year	and	
decreased	to	1,292	by	the	end	of	December,	a	reduction	
of	2.4%.	The	headcount	trend	followed	the	performance	of	
the	business,	with	headcount	being	added	during	the	first	
two quarters of the year, with the objective of continuing 
the growth and gaining market share. 

24%

of GRouP

30offICES
12DISCIPLInES

2011

2010

Gross profit

£130.0m

+4% £124.9m

Operating profit

£18.3m

-7%

£19.6m

Headcount

1,292

-2%

1,324

i

B
u
S
N
e
S
S
R
e
v
e
w

i

18

 
HEADCOUNT AND GROSS PROFIT

m
£

75

50

25

0

2100

1400

9
.
7
4

0
.
9
4

1
.
4
4

0
.
5
4

5
.
8
4

1
.
7
4

0
.
5
4

1
.
6
3

9
.
8
2

1
.
8
2

3
.
7
2

5
.
6
2

3
.
2
3

0
.
3
3

7
.
0
3

9
.
8
2

3
.
4
3

1
.
3
3

7
.
1
3

9
.
0
3

700

Q1

Q3

Q2
2007

Q4

Q1

Q3

Q2
2008

Q4

Q1

Q3

Q2
2009

Q4

Q1

Q3

Q2
2010

Q4

Q1

Q3

Q2
2011

Q4

0

t
n
u
o
c
d
a
e
H

GROSS PROFIT BY DISCIPLINE

TEMPORARY : PERMANENT

+4%

InCREASE In GRoSS  
PRofIT To £130M

-7%

fALL In oPERATInG  
PRofIT, To £18M

1,292

HEADCounT (-2%)

KEY:

Finance & Accounting

KEY:

Permanent

Marketing, Sales & Retail

Engineering, Property &
Construction, Procurement
& Supply Chain

Legal, Technology, HR,
Secretarial, Healthcare

Temporary

19

Regional review of 2011

Asia Pacific

The	Asia	Pacific	region	contributed	19%	of	the	Group’s	
gross	profit	in	2011.	Revenue	was	38.0%	(29.9%*)	higher	
at	£166.1m	(2010:	£120.3m)	and	gross	profit	was	43.1%	
(36.7%*)	higher	at	£103.4m	(2010:	£72.2m).	Operating	
profit	increased	to	£26.2m	(2010:	£22.3m),	representing	
a	conversion	rate	of	25.3%	(2010:	30.9%),	down	on	
2010	due	to	the	high	levels	of	headcount	growth	and	
new business investment in the region, including two 
new	countries.	The	gross	margin	increased	from	60%	to	
62%,	reflecting	the	strong	growth	in	Asia,	where	we	have	
predominantly permanent placement businesses.

Headcount	across	the	Asia	Pacific	region	increased	from	
691	at	the	start	of	the	year,	to	971	at	the	end	of	the	year,	
an	increase	of	41%,	reflecting	both	increased	activity	levels	
and our intentions for building a substantial business in 
Asia over the medium to long-term.

In	Australia	and	New	Zealand,	gross	profit	grew	22%*,	
notably due to growth in Western Australia, driven by the 
mining and commodities sector. In Asia, the earthquake 
and tsunami in Japan impacted our Japanese business in 
the	first	quarter,	but	the	resilience	and	recovery	seen	in	the	
second quarter and beyond was remarkable. Our business 
across	China	grew	very	strongly,	with	gross	profit	in	
Mainland	China,	where	we	opened	a	new	office	in	Pudong,	
Shanghai	and	doubled	our	Beijing	office	space	during	the	
second	quarter,	up	over	100%	in	the	year.	

The new business start-ups in Malaysia, which is already 
trading	profitably,	and	India,	progressed	very	well	through	
the year. In India, in the third quarter, we opened our third 
office	in	Bandra,	Mumbai,	and	closed	the	year	with	a	
headcount	of	around	50.	

2011 highlights

   Significant investment YOY, headcount up  

41% to 971

   Australia/New Zealand +22%* YOY

    Asia, 51% of region, +53%*

   Successful first year in India, now 3 offices  

and 51 headcount

   Over 300 headcount in China

   New offices in Kuala Lumpur, Bandra,  

Nariman Point, Gurgaon, Pudong and Suzhou  
as well as expanding existing offices

*Growth rates in local currency.

19%

of GRouP

7CounTRIES
23offICES
67CounTRY DISCIPLInE  

CoMBInATIonS

2011

2010

Gross profit

£103.4m

+43%

£72.2m

Operating profit

£26.2m

+17%

£22.3m

Headcount

971

+41%

691

i

B
u
S
N
e
S
S
R
e
v
e
w

i

20

 
HEADCOUNT AND GROSS PROFIT AS REPORTED

40

30

m
£

20

7
.
4
1

4
.
5
1

8
.
4
1

10

3
.
2
1

0

6
.
9
4 1
.
6
1

4
.
8
1

4
.
2
1

5
.
9

7
.
9

8
.
0
1

2
.
2
1

3
.
0
2

7
.
0
2

4
.
1
2

0
.
8
1

2
.
3
1

2
.
9
2

2
.
7
2

6
.
5
2

1200

900

600

300

0

t
n
u
o
c
d
a
e
H

Q1

Q3
Q2
2007

Q4

Q1

Q2

Q3
2008

Q4

Q1

Q2

Q3
2009

Q4

Q1

Q2

Q3
2010

Q4

Q1

Q2

Q3
2011

Q4

GROSS PROFIT BY REGION

GROSS PROFIT BY DISCIPLINE

TEMPORARY : PERMANENT

+43%

GRowTH In  
GRoSS PRofIT

£26m

oPERATInG PRofIT, 
uP fRoM £22M In 2010

971

HEADCounT (+41%)

KEY:

Australia and
New Zealand
Asia

+22%*

+53%*

*Growth rates in local currency.

KEY:

Finance & Accounting

KEY:

Permanent

Marketing, Sales & Retail

Engineering, Property &
Construction, Procurement
& Supply Chain

Legal, Technology, HR,
Secretarial, Healthcare

Temporary

21

Regional review of 2011

The Americas

Revenue	for	the	region	grew	by	38.5%	(39.7%*)	to	
£106.9m	(2010:	£77.2m)	and	gross	profit	grew	by	43.3%	
(44.0%*)	to	£80.9m	(2010:	£56.4m).	With	strong	growth	
in	revenue	and	gross	profit,	the	region	produced	operating	
profit	of	£9.9m	(2010:	£7.3),	representing	a	conversion	
rate	of	12.2%	(2010:	13.0%).	Headcount	in	the	region	
increased	by	24.7%	from	652	at	the	start,	to	813	at	the	
end of the year, with the majority being added in the  
first	half.

Approximately two thirds of the Americas region is in Latin 
America, of which our largest business is in Brazil, which, 
by the second quarter, had become our third largest 
country	in	gross	profit	terms.	During	the	course	of	2011,	
we invested to continue our growth and increase our 
market-leading position in Latin America. We opened  
new	offices	in	Porto	Alegre,	Brazil,	and	Page	Personnel	
offices	in	Campinas,	Brazil	and	Mexico	City,	Mexico.	 
We also launched Page Personnel in Argentina. Our new 
business	in	Santiago,	Chile,	launched	at	the	end	of	2010	 
is	performing	well	and,	at	the	start	of	2012,	we	also	
launched a new business in Bogota, in Colombia.

In	North	America,	market	conditions	remained	challenging,	
but	we	performed	well	with	growth	during	the	first	 
three quarters. 

The	deterioration	in	confidence	impacted	growth	in	our	
North	American	businesses	during	the	fourth	quarter,	
especially with international clients and the banking sector. 
In	the	second	quarter	we	opened	an	office	in	Houston	to	
capitalise on the growing strength of our worldwide Oil and 
Gas	business	and	in	the	third	quarter	we	opened	our	first	
office	on	the	West	Coast	in	San	Francisco.	

2011 highlights

   North America: +21%* YOY in spite of  

challenging conditions

   Latin America +57%* YOY, 71% of  

the region, limited competition, 5 countries,  
19 offices and approx. 600 headcount

    Colombia opened Q1 2012

   Opened new offices in Porto Alegre,  

São Paulo, Rio de Janeiro, Campinas,  
Houston, San Francisco, Mexico City  
and Bogota

*Growth rates in local currency.

14%

of GRouP

6CounTRIES
28offICES
55CounTRY DISCIPLInE  

CoMBInATIonS

2011

2010

Gross profit

£80.9m

+43%

£56.4m

Operating profit

£9.9m

+35%

£7.3m

Headcount

813

+25%

652

i

B
u
S
N
e
S
S
R
e
v
e
w

i

22

 
HEADCOUNT AND GROSS PROFIT AS REPORTED

40

30

m
£

20

10

0

9
.
9

6
.
0
1

7
.
0
1

2
.
7

1
.
4
6 1
.
1
1

3
.
4
1

5
.
0
1

0
.
9

8
.
7

6
.
8

6
.
9

6
.
5
1

9
.
4
1

7
.
4
2 1
.
1
1

3
.
2
2

0
.
2
2

6
.
8
1

0
.
8
1

1200

900

600

300

0

t
n
u
o
c
d
a
e
H

Q1

Q3

Q2
2007

Q4

Q1

Q3

Q2
2008

Q4

Q1

Q2

Q3
2009

Q4

Q1

Q2

Q3
2010

Q4

Q1

Q2

Q3
2011

Q4

+43%

GRowTH In  
GRoSS PRofIT

£10m

oPERATInG PRofIT, 
uP fRoM £7M In 2010

813

HEADCounT (+25%)

GROSS PROFIT BY REGION

GROSS PROFIT BY DISCIPLINE

TEMPORARY : PERMANENT

KEY:

North America

+21%*

KEY:

Finance & Accounting

KEY:

Permanent

Latin America

+57%*

*Growth rates in local currency.

Marketing, Sales & Retail

Engineering, Property &
Construction, Procurement
& Supply Chain

Legal, Technology, HR,
Secretarial, Healthcare

Temporary

23

Regional review of 2011

Discipline development

financial review of 2011

2010	Non-recurring	items	(NRI)	–	VAT	refund

Our strategy of diversifying the Group by professional disciplines has continued, by investing 
in	the	roll-out	of	existing	and	new	disciplines	throughout	our	country	and	office	network.	
The heritage of the business is in placing people in Finance and Accounting roles, the large 
majority	of	which	are	professionally	qualified	accountants	into	industry	and	commerce.	It	is	
also the discipline where the brand is strongest and therefore tends to be the discipline we 
start with when we enter a new geographic market, following which we then roll-out other 
disciplines. While this remains our largest area of business, it now represents less than half, 
at	45%,	of	the	Group’s	2011	gross	profit.	Revenue	from	Finance	and	Accounting	placements	
grew	by	15.7%	(13.9%*)	to	£521.4m	(2010:	£450.6m)	and	gross	profit	grew	by	18.6%	
(16.6%*)	to	£248.0m	(2010:	£209.2m).

Placements of candidates in Engineering, Property & Construction and Procurement & 
Supply	Chain	roles	accounted	for	around	18%	of	Group	gross	profit.	Revenue	from	these	
disciplines	grew	by	45.6%	(42.6%*)	to	£164.7m	(2010:	£113.1m)	and	gross	profit	grew	by	
47.7%	(45.0%*)	to	£101.3m	(2010:	£68.6m).

Placements	of	Marketing,	Sales	and	Retail	professionals	generated	around	18%	of	the	
Group’s	gross	profit.	Revenue	from	these	disciplines	grew	by	14.5%	(12.8%*)	to	£127.9m	
(2010:	£111.7m)	and	gross	profit	grew	by	19.4%	(17.5%*)	to	£98.9m	(2010:	£82.8m).

Legal, Technology, Human Resources, Secretarial and Other disciplines generated  
around	19%	of	Group	gross	profit.	Revenue	from	these	disciplines	grew	by	30.7%	 
(27.9%*)	to	£205.2m	(2010:	£157.0m)	and	gross	profit	grew	by	29.4%	(27.1%*)	to	 
£105.6m	(2010:	£81.6m).

Full	details	of	the	refund	of	VAT	and	related	interest	recorded	as	non-recurring	items	in	2010	
are	included	in	Note	5.	With	regard	to	the	amended	claims	for	a	further	refund	of	VAT	and	
related interest, while we have had continued correspondence and discussions with HMRC, 
the eventual outcome and timing of any decision remains uncertain.

Taxation

Tax	on	profit	was	£29.3m	(2010:	£33.2m),	representing	an	effective	tax	rate	of	34.0%	(2010:	
33.0%).	The	rate	is	higher	than	the	effective	UK	Corporation	Tax	rate	for	the	year	of	26.5%,	
due	to	disallowable	items	of	expenditure	and	profits	being	generated	in	countries	where	the	
corporate	tax	rates	are	higher	than	in	the	UK.	The	effective	rate	was	higher	than	in	2010,	 
due	to	an	increase	in	the	proportion	of	overseas	profit	at	generally	higher	rates	than	the	
Group average, higher professional tax due to growth in the French business and the large 
VAT	reclaim	taxed	at	28%	in	the	UK	in	2010,	partially	offset	by	higher	overall	profit	diluting	the	
effect of the share plan non-deductible charges.

Share repurchases and share options

It	is	the	Group’s	intention	over	the	medium/long	term	to	continue	to	use	share	repurchases	to	
return	surplus	cash	to	shareholders.	The	company	returned	£30.3m	to	shareholders	in	2011,	
purchasing	and	cancelling	5.7m	shares.	

At	the	beginning	of	2011,	the	Group	had	23.1m	share	options	outstanding,	of	which	2.1m	
had	vested	but	had	not	been	exercised.	In	March	2011,	4.1m	share	options	were	granted	
under the Group’s Share Option Scheme. During the course of the year, options were 
exercised	over	0.9m	shares,	generating	£1.6m	in	cash	and	3.5m	share	options	lapsed.	 
At	the	end	of	2011,	22.9m	share	options	remained	outstanding,	of	which	1.3m	had	vested	
but had not been exercised. 

Earnings per share and dividends

In	2011,	basic	earnings	per	share	were	18.7p	(up	23.8%)	(2010:	15.1p	before	NRI)	and	
diluted	earnings	per	share	were	18.2p	(2010:	14.7p	before	NRI).	The	weighted	average	
number	of	shares	for	the	year	was	304.5m	(2010:	311.8m).

In line with the Group strategy for returns to shareholders, the dividend is being increased 
to	a	level	that	the	Board	believes	is	sustainable.	A	final	dividend	of	6.75p,	up	10.3%,	(2010:	
6.12p)	per	ordinary	share	is	proposed,	which,	together	with	the	interim	dividend	of	3.25p	
(2010:	2.88p)	per	ordinary	share,	makes	an	11.1%	increase	in	the	total	dividend	for	the	year	
to	10.0p	per	ordinary	share.	The	proposed	final	dividend,	which	amounts	to	£20.5m,	will	be	
paid	on	6	June	2012	to	those	shareholders	on	the	register	as	at	4	May	2012.

i

B
u
S
N
e
S
S
R
e
v
e
w

i

24

 
Balance sheet

The	Group	had	net	assets	of	£180.6m	at	31	December	2011	(2010:	£177.4m).	The	increase	in	
net	assets	comprises	profit	after	tax	for	the	year	of	£56.9m,	credits	relating	to	share	schemes	
of	£12.7m,	cash	received	from	the	exercise	of	share	options	of	£1.6m,	offset	by	tax	on	share	
schemes	of	£5.8m,	adverse	currency	movements	of	£3.4m,	share	repurchases	for	cancellation	
of	£30.3m	and	dividends	paid	of	£28.5m.

Our capital expenditure is driven primarily by two main factors, being headcount, in terms  
of	office	accommodation	and	infrastructure,	and	the	development	and	maintenance	of	our	 
IT systems. 

Capital	expenditure,	net	of	disposal	proceeds,	increased	to	£29.4m	(2010:	£14.8m),	reflecting	
the investment in the development of our new systems. Investments in property and equipment 
increased	by	some	£10.1m	on	the	levels	seen	during	2010,	reflecting	the	investments	made	
in	new	and	existing	countries	and	offices	as	well	as	expansion	and	improvements	to	existing	
offices,	especially	in	Asia	and	Latin	America.	

The	most	significant	item	in	the	Group	balance	sheet	is	trade	receivables,	which	were	£157.0m	
at	31	December	2011	(2010:	£134.7m).	The	increase	in	trade	receivables	reflects	both	the	
increased	activity	and	a	small	increase	in	debtor	days	to	50	(2010:	47	days).	The	movement	in	
debtor days is due largely to the increased proportion of revenue being derived from permanent 
revenues where our debtor days are higher than from temporary revenues.

Effective use of cash

140

105

m
£

70

35

0

-35

356p

496p

411p

204p

170p

233p

196p

121p

175p

KEY:

Dividends paid

528p

Option exercises

Shares repurchased
by EBT
Shares repurchased 
and cancelled
Net cash/debt at 
year end

Average cost per 
share repurchased

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

The chart left shows how the Group has 
managed its cash resources in the years 
since flotation. The cash paid in dividends 
has increased or been maintained, while 
maintaining a net cash position within a 
relatively	small	range.	During	2001	to	2007,	
surplus cash was used to repurchase and 
cancel shares.

As the downturn impacted the Group’s 
trading	during	the	second	half	of	2008,	
the Group stopped its share repurchase 
programme and the cash generated 
was retained on the balance sheet. This 
can be seen in the sharp increase in net 
cash	during	2008	and	2009.	As	trading	
conditions	improved	during	2010,	the	 
Group resumed its share repurchases both 
into	the	employee	benefit	trust	to	satisfy	
current and future share plan obligations 
and for cancellation, and consequently the 
net cash reduced.

25

Cash flow

The	Group	started	the	year	with	net	cash	of	£80.5m.	In	2011,	we	generated	£66.2m	from	
operations,	after	an	increase	in	working	capital	of	£7.1m,	reflecting	increased	activity.	 
Tax	paid	was	£37.1m	and	net	capital	expenditure	was	£29.4m,	with	net	interest	received	of	
£0.1m.	During	the	year,	£30.3m	was	spent	on	the	repurchase	and	cancellation	of	shares,	
£1.6m	was	received	from	the	exercise	of	share	options	and	dividends	of	£28.5m	were	paid.	
The	Group	had	net	cash	of	£58.2m	at	31	December	2011.

net cash and Group borrowing facilities

At	31	December	2011,	the	Group	had	net	cash	of	£58.2m	(2010:	£80.5m).	The	net	cash	
position	comprised	gross	cash	deposits	of	£64.4m	with	18	separate	banks.

The	Group	has	a	three	year	£50m	multi-currency	committed	borrowing	facility,	under	which	
£6.2m	is	currently	drawn.	This	facility	expires	in	May	2012	and	the	Group	is	currently	in	the	
process of arranging borrowing facilities with a variety of potential lenders.

i

B
u
S
N
e
S
S
R
e
v
e
w

i

Cash returned to shareholders

)

m

(

e
u
s
s

i

n

i

s
e
r
a
h
s

f
o
r
e
b
m
u
N

380

364

348

332

316

300

500

400

300

200

£
m

100

0

The chart left, on the right-hand axis, 
shows the annual and cumulative cash 
returns	made	to	shareholders	in	the	10	
years since the Group’s flotation. In total, 
over	£425m	of	cash	has	been	returned,	
with	£179m	in	dividends	and	£246m	in	
share repurchases. In addition, net cash 
retained on the Group’s balance sheet 
over	the	same	period	increased	by	£65m.

The left-hand axis shows the number of 
shares in issue at each year end.  
At	flotation	there	were	375.0m	shares	
in	issue,	with	an	additional	33.8m	under	
option. However, share repurchases and 
subsequent cancellations have reduced 
the	shares	in	issue	to	316.7m	at	the	end	
of	2011,	at	which	point	a	further	22.9m	
shares were under option.

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

Total

KEY:

Dividends paid

Shares repurchased and cancelled

Shares in issue

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
£59m of cash paid  
in dividends and  
share repurchases.

Key Performance Indicators (“KPIs”)

Financial	and	non-financial	key	performance	indicators	(KPIs)	used	by	the	Board	to	monitor	progress	are	listed	in	the	table	below.	The	source	of	data	and	calculation	methods	 
year-on-year are on a consistent basis.

KPi

2011

2010

Definition, method of calculation and analysis

Gross margin

54.3%

53.1%

Gross profit as a percentage of revenue. Gross margin increased from last year largely as a result of the higher gross margin permanent placements growing at a faster rate 
than temporary placements and the development of the Group’s business in Asia and Latin America which are permanent only businesses. Source: Consolidated income 
statement in the financial statements

Conversion before NRI 

15.5%

16.2%

Operating profit as a percentage of gross profit showing the Group’s effectiveness at controlling the costs and expenses associated with its normal business operations and the 
level of investment for the future. Conversion decreased compared to last year, reflecting lower productivity (see below), the slowing towards the end of the year of economic 
conditions impacting demand for the Group’s services, and the lag in headcount reductions. Source: Consolidated income statement in the financial statements. 

Productivity (gross profit per 
fee earner) 

£149.5k

£155.3k

Fee earner : support staff 
ratio

72:28

73:27

Represents how productive fee earners are in the business and is calculated by dividing the gross profit for the year by the average number of fee earners and directors. The 
higher the number, the higher their productivity. Productivity is a function of the rate of investment in new fee earners, the impact of pricing and the general conditions of the 
recruitment market. The decrease in productivity this year is as a result of the increase in headcount during first three quarters of the year to support growth and the rapid 
general deterioration in market conditions during the fourth quarter. It is also due to the increased level of investments and start up losses of new businesses. Source: Internal 
data

Represents the balance between operational and non-operational staff. The ratio of fee earners to support staff at the end of 2011 has decreased slightly from the level at the 
end of 2010. This ratio generally improves when the Group grows and headcount increases, but tends to decline when Group headcount reduces as the infrastructure staff to 
support a higher number of teams, offices and countries cannot be flexed as quickly as fee generating staff. With the investment in new countries and businesses, the support 
staff have increased to provide the appropriate infrastructure. Source: Internal data.

Debtor days

50

47

Represents the length of time taken for the Group to receive payments from its debtors. Calculated by comparing how many days’ billings it takes to cover the debtor balance. 
The increase compared to last year relates to the shift towards permanent recruitment activity from temporary in a recovery. Permanent recruitment activity tends to have higher 
debtor days. Source: Internal data.

The movements in KPIs are consistent with the business performance as discussed in the Business Review.

27

i

B
u
S
N
e
S
S
R
e
v
e
w

i

Going concern

The Board has undertaken a recent and thorough review of the Group’s budget, forecasts and associated risks and sensitivities and has concluded, given the level of 
cash	in	the	business,	the	level	of	borrowing	facilities	available,	the	geographical	and	discipline	diversification,	limited	concentration	risk,	as	well	as	the	ability	to	manage	
the cost base, that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future, being a period of at least twelve months from the 
date	of	approval	of	these	accounts.	As	a	result,	the	going	concern	basis	continues	to	be	appropriate	in	preparing	the	financial	statements.

foreign exchange

At	the	end	of	2011,	the	Group	was	operating	in	32	countries	around	the	world	and	carried	out	transactions	recorded	in	twenty-five	local	currencies.	The	Group	reports	
its Income Statement and Cash Flow Statement results in Pounds Sterling, using the average exchange rate for each month to translate the local currency amounts into 
Sterling. The Balance Sheet is translated using the exchange rates at the Balance Sheet date.

As a service company, most of the Group’s transactions are within the respective territory in which the local business operates and consequently there are few  
cross-border transactions between Group companies. However, royalties are charged for the use of the Group’s trademarks and management fees are charged for 
Group and regional functions that provide services to other Group subsidiary companies. Foreign exchange gains and losses are recognised in accordance with IFRS 
on the settlement of these transactions where the cash received, when converted into Sterling, differs from the amounts previously recorded in the Income Statement. 
These	exchange	gains	and	losses	are	included	within	operating	profit.

The	table	below	shows	the	relative	movements	of	the	Group’s	main	trading	currencies	against	Pounds	Sterling	during	2011,	when	compared	to	those	prevalent	during	
2010.	Negative	percentages	indicate	that	Sterling	has	weakened	against	the	foreign	currency	during	the	period.

Movement in the average exchange rate used for  
income Statement translation between 2010 and 2011

Movement in the year end exchange rate used for  
Balance Sheet translation between 2010 and 2011

-1%

-11%

-1%

4%

-9%

4%

-4%

-6%

3%

0%

12%

-1% 

-1%

-1%

0%

-6%

Currency

Euro

Swiss Franc

Brazilian Real

US Dollar

Australian Dollar

Hong Kong Dollar

Singapore Dollar

Japanese Yen

28

 
Treasury management and currency risk

Macroeconomic environment

It	is	the	Directors’	intention	to	continue	to	finance	the	activities	and	development	of	the	Group	
from retained earnings and to operate the Group’s business while maintaining a strong balance 
sheet position. In a generally benign economic environment, this equates to maintaining the 
Group’s	net	cash/debt	position	within	a	relatively	narrow	band,	with	cash	generated	in	excess	
of these requirements being used to buy back the Group’s shares. In a period of economic 
uncertainty, a more cautious funding position is adopted, with the Group being managed in a net 
cash position.

Cash surpluses are invested in short-term deposits, with any working capital requirements being 
provided from Group cash resources, Group facilities, or by local overdraft facilities. The Group 
has a multi-currency notional cash pool between the Eurozone subsidiaries and the UK-based 
Group Treasury subsidiary. The structure facilitates interest and balance compensation of cash 
and bank overdrafts. 

The main functional currencies of the Group are Sterling, Euro and Australian Dollar. The Group 
does not have material transactional currency exposures, nor is there a material exposure to 
foreign denominated monetary assets and liabilities. The Group is exposed to foreign currency 
translation differences in accounting for its overseas operations. Our policy is not to hedge  
this exposure.

In certain cases, where the Group gives or receives short-term loans to and from other Group 
companies with different reporting currencies, it may use foreign exchange swap derivative 
financial	instruments	to	manage	the	currency	and	interest	rate	exposure	that	arises	on	these	
loans. It is the Group’s policy not to seek to designate these derivatives as hedges.

Recruitment	activity	is	largely	driven	by	economic	cycles	and	the	levels	of	business	confidence.	
The Board look to reduce the Group’s cyclical risk by diversifying the business by expanding 
geographically,	increasing	the	number	of	disciplines,	building	part	qualified	and	clerical	businesses	
and	continuing	to	build	the	temporary	business.	A	substantial	portion	of	the	Group’s	gross	profit	
arises from fees that are contingent upon the successful placement of a candidate in a position.  
If a client cancels the assignment at any stage in the process, the Group receives no 
remuneration.	As	a	consequence,	the	Group’s	visibility	of	gross	profits	is	generally	quite	 
short and reduces further during periods of economic downturn.

Competition

The degree of competition varies in each of the Group’s main regions. In the UK, Australia and 
North	America,	the	recruitment	market	is	well	developed,	highly	competitive	and	fragmented.	
The characteristics of a developed market are greater competition for clients and candidates, 
as well as pricing pressure. In the majority of EMEA, Latin America and Asia, the recruitment 
market is generally less developed, with a large proportion of all recruitment being carried out by 
companies’ internal resources, rather than through recruitment specialists. This is changing due to 
changes	in	legislation,	increasing	job	mobility	and	the	difficulty	internal	resources	face	in	sourcing	
suitably	qualified	candidates	and	managing	increasing	levels	of	compliance.	If	the	Group	does	
not continue to compete in its markets effectively, by hiring new staff, opening and expanding 
offices	and	continuing	the	discipline	roll-outs,	there	is	a	risk	that	competitors	may	beat	us	to	key	
strategic opportunities, which may result in lost business and a reduction in market share. This risk 
is mitigated by meetings of the Board, Executive Board and Regional and Country Management 
Boards where Group strategy is continually reviewed and decisions made over the allocation of 
the Group’s resources, principally people.

Principal risks and uncertainties

Technology

The management of the business and the execution of the Group’s strategy are subject to a 
number of risks. The following section comprises a summary of the main risks Michael Page 
International	plc	believes	could	potentially	impact	the	Group’s	operating	and	financial	performance.

People

The resignation of key individuals and the inability to recruit talented people with the right skill-sets 
could adversely affect the Group’s results. This is further compounded by the Group’s organic 
growth strategy and its policy of not externally hiring senior operational positions. Mitigation of this 
risk is achieved by succession planning, training of staff, competitive pay structures and share 
plans linked to the Group’s results and career progression.

The Group is reliant on a number of technology systems to provide services to clients and 
candidates. These systems are dependent on a number of important suppliers that provide the 
technology infrastructure and disaster recovery solutions. The performance of these suppliers 
are continually monitored to ensure business critical services are available and maintained as far 
as practically possible. Due to the rapid advancement of technology, there is a risk that systems 
could	become	outdated	with	the	potential	to	affect	efficiency	and	have	an	impact	on	revenue	and	
client service. This risk is mitigated by regular reviews of the Group’s technology strategy to ensure 
that it supports the overall Group strategy.

29

i

B
u
S
N
e
S
S
R
e
v
e
w

i

On	31st	December	2011,	the	Chairman	for	ten	years,	Sir	Adrian	Montague,	retired	from	the	
Board and Robin Buchanan, who joined the Board as a non-executive director in October, 
succeeded him in the role. 

In	February	2012,	it	was	announced	that	Charles-Henri	Dumon	left	the	Board.	His	
responsibilities have been assumed by the Regional Managing Directors responsible for 
Continental Europe and the Americas, reporting directly to Steve Ingham, our CEO.

Hubert Reid, our Senior Independent Director, is stepping down at the forthcoming AGM after 
nine years on the Board. Ruby McGregor-Smith, Chairman of the Audit Committee, will succeed 
him	in	the	role.	A	search	for	a	new	Non-Executive	Director	is	underway.

Principal risks and uncertainties

Legal

The Group operates in a large number of jurisdictions that have varying legal and compliance 
regulations. The Group takes its responsibilities seriously and ensures that its policies, systems 
and procedures are continually updated to reflect best practice and to comply with the legal 
requirements in all the markets in which it operates. In order to reduce the legal and compliance 
risks, fee earners and support staff receive regular training and updates of changes in legal and 
compliance requirements.

Board changes

The	Board	is	undergoing	considerable	change.	In	July	2011,	it	was	announced	that	Stephen	
Puckett, the Group Finance Director, was leaving but would stay until his successor had been 
found.	In	January	2012,	Andrew	Bracey	agreed	to	join	the	Board	as	Chief	Financial	Officer	and	
he starts in April. Stephen continues his responsibilities and will ensure a smooth transition to 
Andrew is completed.

30

 
Summary and current trading

Having maintained our business platform during the economic downturn and retained our experienced and talented 
people,	the	Group	was	well	positioned	to	benefit	from	the	economic	recovery	during	the	first	half	of	2011.	However,	
the uncertainty caused by the concerns surrounding the Eurozone and the lowering of worldwide GDP forecasts 
during	the	fourth	quarter	impacted	significantly	on	our	clients’	recruitment	plans,	with	many	hiring	decisions	being	
deferred	or	cancelled.	As	a	consequence,	year-on-year	growth	in	the	fourth	quarter	gross	profit	slowed.	

As in previous economic slowdowns, we will react according to the prevailing economic climate in each market in 
which we operate and manage each business appropriately, adjusting headcount to reflect market conditions, while 
continuing	to	invest	where	we	have	opportunities	for	long-term	growth.	Group	headcount	increased	by	over	850	
people	in	the	first	three	quarters	of	2011,	as	we	invested	in	growth	opportunities	through	geographic	and	discipline	
expansion.	Reflecting	the	more	uncertain	outlook,	in	the	fourth	quarter,	our	headcount	reduced	by	64	people,	as	a	
result of not replacing those who left through natural attrition.

We have maintained a strong balance sheet and, while increasing cash returns to shareholders, we have also 
continued	to	take	a	long-term	approach	to	delivering	shareholder	value	by	making	significant	investments	in	the	
future	of	the	business,	both	during	2011	and	at	the	start	of	2012.	While	mindful	and	cautious	of	the	current	macro	
economic outlook, we are in a position to continue our geographic expansion, as there remain many long-term 
growth opportunities in our newer territories, particularly Latin America and Asia.

As	the	fourth	quarter	of	2011	progressed,	trading	became	increasingly	more	challenging	as	business	confidence	fell,	
with	all	regions	in	which	we	operate	recording	a	reduction	in	their	year-on-year	growth	rates.	In	the	first	two	months	
of	2012,	with	the	exception	of	financial	services,	we	have	seen	no	significant	further	slowing	and	in	a	number	of	
geographies	activity	levels	have	remained	strong,	increasing	Group	gross	profit	by	approximately	10%.	We	continue	
to	invest	and	we	have	already	completed	new	country	openings	in	Colombia	and	Morocco,	opened	an	office	in	
Suzhou,	China	and	at	the	end	of	this	quarter	we	will	open	an	office	in	Taipei,	Taiwan.

In EMEA, while Southern Europe remains the weakest area, we continue to achieve good year-on-year growth 
elsewhere, including in France and particularly strong growth in Germany. In the UK, with the exception of banking, 
activity	levels	have	stabilised	and	year-on-year	gross	profits	are	broadly	flat.	In	Asia	Pacific,	Australia	has	performed	
well	in	the	first	two	months,	while	in	Asia	we	continue	to	see	good	levels	of	activity,	again	with	the	exception	of	
banking.	In	the	Americas,	North	America	remains	challenging	and	Latin	America	is	progressing	well,	where	we	are	
pleased with the progress of our newer countries Argentina, Chile and now Colombia. 

We	will	next	update	the	market	on	our	first	quarter	trading	in	an	
announcement	on	11	April	2012.

Steve Ingham 
Chief Executive 
6	March	2012	

Stephen Puckett 
Group Finance Director 
6	March	2012

31

Board of  
Directors

32

Robin Buchanan

Chairman (59) from 31 December 2011

Steve Ingham

Chief Executive (49)

Robin is a Senior Adviser to Bain & Company, having been Managing Partner and  
then	the	Senior	Partner	of	Bain	&	Company	Inc	in	the	UK	between	1990	and	2007.	 
He	served	as	Dean	and	then	President	of	London	Business	School.	He	is	a	Non-Executive	
Director	of	Schroders	plc	since	March	2010	and	Non-Executive	Director	 
of	LyondellBasell	NV	since	May	2011.	He	is	a	member	of	the	Trilateral	Commission,	 
of the Advisory Board of the UK India Business Council, and of the International  
Advisory Council of Recipco. He is also a member of the remuneration committee of Coller 
Capital	Ltd.	He	served	as	Non-Executive	Director	of	Liberty	International	plc	 
from	1997	to	2008	and	also	with	Shire	plc	from	2003	to	2008.	Robin	was	appointed	 
to	the	Board	of	Michael	Page	International	plc	as	a	non-executive	director	on	10	August	
2011	and	to	the	role	of	Chairman	on	31	December	2011.	Robin	is	also	Chairman	of	the	
Nomination	Committee.

Sir Adrian Montague CBE

Chairman (63) pre 31 December 2011

Sir Adrian is Chairman of Anglian Water Group Limited and of CellMark AB, the 

international	forest	products	marketing	group	based	in	Gothenburg	and	in	July	2010,	he	

was	appointed	Chairman	of	the	private	equity	firm	3i.	From	1997	to	2001,	he	held	senior	

posts concerned with the implementation of the Government’s policies for the involvement 

of	the	private	sector	in	the	delivery	of	public	services,	first	as	Chief	Executive	of	the	Treasury	

Taskforce and then as Deputy Chairman of Partnerships UK plc. He was Deputy Chairman 

of	Network	Rail	from	2001	to	2004,	Chairman	of	Cross	London	Rail	Links	Limited	from	

2004	to	2005,	Chairman	of	British	Energy	from	2002	to	2009	and	Chairman	of	Friends	

Provident	plc	from	2005	to	2009.	He	spent	his	early	career	as	a	solicitor	with	Linklaters	

&	Paines	before	joining	Kleinwort	Benson	in	1994.	Sir	Adrian	is	also	Chairman	of	London	

First, a Director of Skanska AB, the Swedish international construction group, and a 

Trustee of The Historic Royal Palaces. He is also a member of the Housing Finance Group 

of the Housing and Communities Agency and Chairman of the Advisory Board of Reform. 

He	was	awarded	a	CBE	in	2001	and	a	knighthood	in	2006.	Sir	Adrian	retired	from	the	

Board	on	31	December	2011.	

Steve	joined	Michael	Page	in	1987	as	a	consultant	with	Michael	Page	Marketing	and	
Sales. He was responsible for setting up the London marketing and sales businesses and 
was	promoted	to	Operating	Director	in	1990.	He	was	appointed	Managing	Director	of	
Michael	Page	Marketing	and	Sales	in	1994.	Subsequently	he	took	additional	responsibility	
for Michael Page’s Retail, Technology, Human Resources and Engineering businesses. 
He	was	promoted	to	the	Board	as	Executive	Director	of	UK	Operations	in	January	2001,	
and	subsequently	to	Managing	Director	of	UK	Operations	in	May	2005.	He	was	appointed	
Chief	Executive	on	6	April	2006.	Steve	is	also	a	member	of	the	Great	Ormond	Street	
Hospital’s Corporate Partnership Board. 

Andrew Bracey

Chief Financial Officer (44) from 23 April 2012

Andrew will join Michael Page from Ocado Group plc where he is currently Chief Financial 
Officer	and	Executive	Director.	He	joined	Ocado	while	it	was	a	private	company	and	was	
part	of	the	team	that	managed	the	transition	to	being	a	FTSE	250	company	with	leading	
institutional	investors	from	across	the	globe.	Prior	to	Ocado,	Andrew	had	an	18	year	
career in private equity and investment banking. He ran Jefferies International’s European 
consumer	group	until	2009.	From	2003	to	2008,	he	was	at	Barclays	Capital,	as	Head	
of the Principal Investments Area and also sat on the Board and Audit Committee of 
Somerfield.	From	2000	to	2003,	he	was	a	Managing	Director	at	Credit	Suisse.	He	started	
his	career	at	UBS	in	1991	in	Corporate	Finance	after	studying	at	Cambridge	and	the	
University of East Anglia. In his private equity and investment banking career, Andrew 
built relationships and offered strategic advice across multiple industry sectors, including 
numerous services and consumer companies across the globe.

33

Charles-Henri Dumon

Stephen Puckett

Managing	Director	–	Continental	Europe	and	The	Americas	(53)	to	28	February	2012

Group Finance Director (50) to 23 April 2012

Charles-Henri	joined	Michael	Page	in	1985	and	was	appointed	a	Director	in	1987.	Since	then	 
he has had responsibility for the Group’s operations in France and has managed the Group’s 
entry into Southern Europe and South America. He was appointed Managing Director for all 
Michael	Page’s	European	and	South	American	businesses	in	January	2001.	His	responsibilities	
were	increased	to	include	North	America	in	January	2006.	Charles-Henri	left	the	Board	on	28	
February	2012.

Ruby McGregor-Smith

Independent	Non-Executive	Director	(49)

Ruby	was	appointed	as	Chief	Executive	of	MITIE	Group	PLC	in	March	2007.	Ruby	is	a	
Chartered Accountant. After completing a Bachelor of Economics at Kingston, she undertook 
her professional training with BDO Stoy Hayward and went on to hold various roles for Serco 
Group	PLC.	She	moved	to	MITIE	in	2002,	joining	the	Board	as	Group	Finance	Director.	In	
2005,	she	was	promoted	to	Group	Chief	Operating	Officer	and	in	2007,	to	Chief	Executive.	
Ruby’s achievements have attracted numerous awards, including Businesswoman of the Year 
at	the	Asian	Women	of	Achievement	Awards	2008,	Leader	of	the	Year	at	the	Orange	National	
Business	Awards	2011,	and	in	2012	she	was	honoured	with	a	Commander	of	the	Order	of	
the British Empire for her services to business and diversity in business. Ruby is also a trustee 
for Business In The Community, a business-led charity focused on promoting responsible 
business	practice.	Ruby	was	appointed	to	the	Board	in	May	2007	and	is	also	Chairman	of	the	
Audit	Committee,	a	member	of	the	Nomination	Committee	and	a	member	of	the	Remuneration	
Committee.

Dr Tim Miller

Independent	Non-Executive	Director	(54)

Tim	was	appointed	a	Director	of	Standard	Chartered	Bank	in	December	2004.	At	Standard	
Chartered, Tim is responsible for the Corporate Real Estate, Corporate Secretariat, Legal, 
Compliance & Assurance, Internal Audit and Global Research functions. Tim is also Chairman 
of Standard Chartered Korea and Chairman of the Bank’s Environment Committee. Outside 
the Bank, Tim is Chairman of the Governing Body, School of Oriental & African Studies 
(“SOAS”)	and	a	Member	of	the	School	Advisory	Board,	and	a	Special	Professor	of	Strategy,	at	
Nottingham	University	Business	School,	where,	in	2007,	he	completed	a	Doctorate	in	Business	
Administration.	Tim	was	appointed	to	the	Board	of	Michael	Page	International	plc	on	15	August	
2005	and	was	Chairman	of	the	Remuneration	Committee	until	21	January	2011.	He	is	now	a	
member	of	the	Audit,	Nomination	and	Remuneration	Committees.

Stephen	qualified	as	a	Chartered	Accountant	with	BDO	Binder	Hamlyn.	He	joined	Wace	
Group	plc	in	1988	as	Director	of	Corporate	Finance,	subsequently	being	promoted	to	Group	
Finance	Director	in	1991.	He	was	Group	Finance	Director	of	Stat	Plus	Group	plc	in	2000,	and	
appointed	Group	Finance	Director	of	Michael	Page	International	plc	in	January	2001.	He	was	a	
Non-Executive	Director	of	SHL	Group	Plc	from	2004	to	2006.

Stephen announced on 11 July that he would be leaving the Group for personal reasons, but 
would	continue	full	time	in	office	until	his	successor	had	been	appointed	and	a	handover	had	
been completed. Andrew Bracey has been appointed and is expected to take up his new role 
on	23	April	2012.

Hubert Reid

Independent	Non-Executive	Director 
Senior Independent Director (71)

Hubert is Chairman of Enterprise Inns plc and of the Midas Income and Growth Trust PLC and 
Deputy Chairman of Majedie Investments PLC. He was previously Managing Director and then 
Chairman	of	the	Boddington	Group	plc,	and	a	Non-Executive	Director	and	then	Chairman	
of	Ibstock	Plc,	Bryant	Group	plc	and	the	Royal	London	Group.	He	was	appointed	a	Non-
Executive	Director	of	Michael	Page	International	plc	on	25	February	2003.	He	is	a	member	of	
the	Audit,	Nomination	and	Remuneration	Committees.

Reg Sindall

Independent	Non-Executive	Director	(57)

Reg is Executive Vice President of Corporate Resources for the Burberry Group PLC, which 
is headquartered in London. Reg has held this position for over four years. Prior to this he 
was	an	Executive	of	GUS	Plc,	a	FTSE	30	company	which	owned	Burberry.	He	was	part	of	
the	team	that	led	the	IPO	of	Burberry	in	2002.	Before	joining	GUS	in	2000,	Reg	held	a	variety	
of positions within the Bass Group, including Group HR Director, SVP of Customer Service, 
Reservations and HR. A psychologist by academic training, he is a Fellow of the Chartered 
Institute of Personnel Development and a Fellow of the Royal Society of Arts. He is Chairman of 
the	Remuneration	Committee	and	a	member	of	the	Audit	and	Nomination	Committees.

B
O
A
R
D
O
F
D
R
e
C
T
O
R
S

i

34

 
 
Executive  
Board

In addition to the Executive Directors, the Executive  
Board comprises:

Gary James

olivier Lemaitre

Alexis de Bretteville

Regional	Managing	Director	–	The	Americas	(49)

Alexis	joined	Michael	Page	in	1993	as	a	Consultant	in	Paris,	
France.	In	1997	he	was	appointed	Managing	Director	of	
Michael Page Spain, launching Spain, Portugal and later, 
Brazil.	In	2002,	he	moved	to	Germany,	taking	responsibility	
for	Germany,	Belgium	and	Sweden.	In	2004,	he	moved	to	
Belgium where his responsibilities also included Holland and 
the	launch	of	Poland	in	2005.	In	2006,	he	became	Regional	
Managing	Director	for	the	Americas,	based	in	New	York,	having	
responsibility for Michael Page in USA, Canada, Brazil, Mexico 
and most recently Argentina.

Patrick Hollard

Regional Managing Director Latin America (44)

Patrick	Hollard	joined	Michael	Page	in	France	in	1996,	having	

worked previously for KPMG Peat Marwick. Prior to that, he 

was	Vice-President	of	AIESEC	International	from	1991	to	1992.		

Appointed	Director	in	1999,	he	moved	to	Sao	Paulo	to	launch	

Michael	Page	Brazil,	then	Mexico	in	2006,	Argentina	in	2008,	

Chile	in	2010	and	Colombia	in	2011.	Appointed	Regional	 

Managing	Director	in	2007,	he	is	now	responsible	for	the	Latin	

American region. 

Regional	Managing	Director	–	Asia	Pacific	(50)

Regional	Managing	Director	–	Continental	Europe	(39)

Gary	joined	Michael	Page	Finance	in	London	in	1984.	He	was	
appointed	Director	of	Michael	Page	Sales	&	Marketing	in	1994,	
Managing	Director	of	Michael	Page	Marketing	in	1997	and	
transferred	to	America	in	2002	as	Managing	Director	of	North	
America. He moved to Australia and was appointed Managing 
Director	of	the	Asia	Pacific	region	in	August	2006,	and	is	now	in	
charge	of	Australia,	New	Zealand,	Japan,	China,	Hong	Kong,	
Singapore, Malaysia and India.

fabrice Lacombe

Olivier	joined	Michael	Page	Finance	in	Paris	in	1997,	having	
worked previously as a Controller for Renault in Poland. In 
1999,	he	moved	to	São	Paulo	to	launch	Michael	Page	Brazil,	
before	returning	to	Europe	in	November	2002	to	lead	our	
Michael	Page	Frankfurt	office.	Appointed	Managing	Director	of	
Michael	Page	Germany	in	2004,	he	also	took	responsibility	for	
Michael	Page	Switzerland	in	2006	and	the	launch	of	Michael	
Page	Austria	in	2008.	In	2007,	he	was	appointed	Regional	
Managing Director and is now in charge of Austria, Belgium, 
Germany, Holland, Luxembourg and Switzerland.

Regional	Managing	Director	–	France,	Africa	&	Southern	
Europe (43)

oliver watson

Fabrice	joined	Michael	Page	Finance	in	1994	as	a	consultant	
in	Paris.	In	1996,	he	launched	Michael	Page	Engineering	
and	became	a	Director	in	1998.	In	1999,	he	was	appointed	
Executive	Director	and	then	in	2001	Managing	Director	of	
Michael Page France. He launched Michael Page Africa in 
2005	and	also	took	in	charge	of	Page	Personnel	France	in	
2007.	He	became	Regional	Managing	Director	for	France	and	
Africa	in	2010	and	his	responsibilities	were	extended	to	include	
Southern	Europe	in	2011.	

Regional	Managing	Director	–	UK	(42)

Oliver	joined	Michael	Page	in	1995	as	a	consultant	in	London.	
He was appointed Director of Michael Page UK Sales in 
1997	and	then	Managing	Director	in	2002.	In	2006,	he	was	
appointed Regional Managing Director for Michael Page UK 
Sales,	Marketing	and	Retail.	In	2007,	he	launched	Michael	
Page	Middle	East	and	has	since	developed	our	office	network	
across	the	region.	In	2009,	he	became	Regional	Managing	
Director for Michael Page UK Finance, Marketing and Sales, 
and Michael Page Middle East, Scotland and Ireland.

35

Directors’ 
report

The Directors present their annual report on the affairs of the 
Group, together with the Financial Statements and Auditor’s 
Report	for	the	year	ended	31	December	2011.	

Principal activity

The Group is one of the world’s leading specialist recruitment 
consultancies. The Group’s trading results are set out in the 
financial	statements	on	pages	67	to	105.	

Business review

The Company is required by the Companies Act to include a 
business	review	in	their	report.	The	information	that	fulfils	the	
requirements of the business review can be found on pages 
12	to	31	which	are	incorporated	in	this	report	by	reference.

36

Corporate governance

The Company and the Group are committed to high standards of corporate governance,  
details	of	which	are	provided	in	the	Corporate	Governance	Report	on	pages	46	to	53	and	 
the	Remuneration	Report	on	pages	54	to	63.

Significant agreements

There are certain agreements to which the Company is party that take effect, alter or terminate 
upon a change of control of the Company following a takeover bid.

Details	of	the	significant	agreements	of	this	kind	are	as	follows:

•	

•	

	a	£50m	revolving	credit	facility	that	terminates	on	a	change	of	control,	with	outstanding	
amounts becoming payable with interest; and

	provisions	of	the	Company’s	share	schemes	and	plans	may	cause	options	and	awards	granted	
to employees under such schemes and plans to vest on a takeover.

Directors and interests

	Sir	Adrian	Montague	CBE‡	(Chairman)	(Retired	31	December	2011)

The	following	were	Directors	during	the	year	and	held	office	throughout	the	year	other	than	as	
shown below.
•	 Robin	Buchanan‡	(Chairman)	(Appointed	10	August	2011)
•	
•	 Steve	Ingham	(Chief	Executive)
•	 Charles-Henri	Dumon	(left	the	board	on	28	February	2012)
•	 Ruby	McGregor-Smith	CBE‡
•	 Dr	Tim	Miller‡
•	 Stephen	Puckett
•	 Hubert	Reid‡*
•	 Reg	Sindall‡

‡	Non-Executive	Directors 
* Senior Independent Director

During	the	year,	the	Nomination	Committee,	led	by	the	Senior	Independent	Director	(SID)	Hubert	
Reid, oversaw the search for a new non-executive director assisted by The Inzito Partnership. 
This particular non-executive recruitment process was led by the SID, as it was intended that the 
successful candidate would succeed Sir Adrian Montague as Chairman in the future.

As	a	result	of	this	process,	on	10	August	2011	the	Nomination	Committee	made	a	unanimous	
recommendation	that	Robin	Buchanan	be	appointed	to	the	Board	as	an	Independent	Non-
Executive Director. Robin is a Senior Adviser to Bain & Company Inc, having been Managing 
Partner	and	then	the	Senior	Partner	of	Bain	in	the	UK	between	1990	and	2007.	Between	2007	
and	2009,	he	also	served	as	Dean	and	then	President	of	London	Business	School.	He	is	a	
Non-Executive	Director	of	Schroders	plc	and	LyondellBasell	NV.	He	is	a	member	of	the	Trilateral	
Commission, of the Advisory Board of the UK India Business Council and of the International 
Advisory Council of Recipco. He is also a member of the remuneration committee of Coller Capital 
Ltd. Robin served as non-executive director of Liberty International plc and also with Shire plc.

On	31	December	2011,	Sir	Adrian	Montague	retired	as	Chairman.	The	Board	thank	him	for	his	
many	contributions	over	the	last	10	years	and	wish	him	well.	As	part	of	a	planned	succession	
process,	Robin	Buchanan	succeeded	Sir	Adrian	Montague	as	Chairman	of	the	Board	on	31	
December	2011.

On	11	July	2011	Stephen	Puckett	announced	that	he	would	be	leaving	the	Group,	but	would	
continue	in	office	until	a	successor	was	found.	In	January	2012,	Andrew	Bracey	agreed	to	join	the	
Board	as	Chief	Financial	Officer	and	he	starts	in	April.	Stephen	continues	his	responsibilities	and	
will ensure a smooth transition to Andrew is completed. Further details of this succession can be 
found	in	the	Corporate	Governance	section	on	page	48.

Hubert Reid will also be retiring from the Board at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting, with 
Ruby McGregor-Smith taking over the role of Senior Independent Director.

On	28	February	2012,	Charles-Henri	Dumon,	Managing	Director	–	Continental	Europe	and	The	
Americas, left the Board. Charles-Henri had a long and successful tenure on the Board and the 
Board	would	like	to	thank	him	for	the	role	he	played	in	the	organic	diversification	of	the	Group	
into new geographies and professional disciplines. One of his most notable achievements is the 
creation of an excellent management team of Regional Managing Directors in both Europe and 
The Americas, who will now take up his executive responsibilities, reporting directly to Steve 
Ingham, the Chief Executive.

In accordance with the new UK Corporate Governance Code, all the Directors, with the exception 
of Hubert Reid, Stephen Puckett and Charles-Henri Dumon, will retire by rotation at the Annual 
General Meeting and, being eligible, offer themselves for re-election. As Robin Buchanan and 
Andrew Bracey were appointed during the year, they will offer themselves for election.

Biographical	details	for	all	the	Directors	are	shown	on	pages	33	and	34.

37

The	beneficial	interests	of	Directors	in	office	at	31	December	2011	in	the	shares	of	the	
Company	at	31	December	2011	and	at	6	March	2012	are	set	out	in	the	Remuneration	 
Report	on	pages	54	to	63.	All	of	the	Executive	Directors	are	deemed	to	have	an	interest	 
in	the	ordinary	shares	held	in	the	Employee	Benefit	Trust.	The	Company	has	maintained	
throughout	the	year	directors’	and	officers’	liability	insurance	in	respect	of	itself	and	its	
directors.	The	directors	also	have	the	benefit	of	the	indemnity	provision	contained	in	the	
Company’s Articles of Association.

These	provisions,	which	are	qualifying	third	party	indemnity	provisions	as	defined	by	Section	
234	of	the	Companies	Act	2006,	were	in	force	throughout	the	year	and	are	currently	in	force.

Results and dividends

The	profit	for	the	year	after	taxation	amounted	to	£56.9m	(2010:	£67.5m).

A	final	dividend	for	2010	of	6.12	pence	per	ordinary	share	was	paid	on	6	June	2011.	 
An	interim	dividend	for	2011	of	3.25	pence	per	ordinary	share	was	paid	on	7	October	2011.	 
The	Directors	recommend	the	payment	of	a	final	dividend	for	the	year	ended	31	December	
2011	of	6.75	pence	per	ordinary	share	on	6	June	2012	to	shareholders	on	the	register	on	4	
May	2012	which,	if	approved	at	the	Annual	General	Meeting,	will	result	in	a	total	dividend	for	
the	year	of	10.0	pence	per	ordinary	share	(2010:	9.0	pence).

Creditor days

The Company acts as a holding Company for the Group. Creditor days for the Company were 
nil	(2010:	nil)	as	the	Company	does	not	undertake	any	transactions	with	suppliers.	 
The	Group’s	creditor	days	at	the	year	end	were	30	(2010:	39	days).

Substantial shareholdings

As	at	31	December	2011,	the	Company	had	been	notified	in	accordance	with	Chapter	5	of	
the	Disclosure	and	Transparency	Rules	(DTR5)	of	the	following	voting	rights	by	shareholders	 
of the Company as shown below.

Holder

Fidelity

Capital International Limited

Standard Life Investments 

Sleep, Zakaria and Co

Artisan

Lone Pine Capital

BlackRock Advisors

Lloyds (Banking Group)

Legal & General Inv Mngmt

Financière de l'Échiquier

Number of ordinary shares

% of issued share capital

38,121,312

 30,342,502 

 18,070,666 

 17,021,321 

 15,483,502 

 15,425,920 

 15,279,215 

 14,783,012 

 12,367,334 

 9,105,800 

12.04%

9.58%

5.71%

5.37%

4.89%

4.87%

4.82%

4.67%

3.91%

2.88%

The	following	DTR5	notifications	were	received	after	31	December	2011.

Holder

Number of ordinary shares

% of issued share capital

Capital International Limited

Sleep, Zakaria and Co

30,342,502

18,267,513

9.58%

5.77%

Share capital

The	authorised	and	issued	share	capital	of	the	Company	are	shown	in	Note	18	to	the	financial	
statements.

At	the	Annual	General	Meeting	held	on	20	May	2011,	the	Company	renewed	its	authority	to	
make	market	purchases	of	its	own	ordinary	shares	up	to	an	increased	maximum	of	10%	of	
the issued share capital.

During	the	year,	the	Company	purchased	5.7m	shares	which	were	cancelled.	The	total	
nominal	value	of	the	shares	repurchased	was	£0.1m	and	represented	1.8%	of	the	issued	
share	capital.	The	shares	were	purchased	for	a	consideration	of	£30.3m	including	expenses.	
0.8m	shares	were	also	issued	to	satisfy	share	options	exercised	during	the	year.

i

D
R
e
C
T
O
R
S

’

R
e
P
O
R
T

38

 
Corporate Responsibility (CR)

our community

Ethical, responsible practices and total commitment to minimise our impact on the environment, 
are key motivators behind our CR strategy.

our staff

We never forget that the people who work at Michael Page International will always be our most 
valued assets. It is these individuals who drive the company forward and take it in the right 
direction. We therefore value their ideas and contribution, encourage them to maximise their 
potential, and invest heavily in learning and development. It means every member of staff has a fair 
opportunity to excel and develop a full and rewarding career to become our future directors and 
managing directors.

our clients

We’ve always treated our clients as our partners and therefore have a responsibility to represent 
them in the best possible way. We ensure diversity in our candidate shortlists by conducting 
searches which reach minority groups, so that we can present the widest possible pool of talent. 

our candidates

We’re ever conscious of our diversity responsibility when registering candidates and sourcing 
them for our clients. Candidates can be assured that they will be always be assessed purely on 
their skill-set and presented to clients without bias, to ensure competition for jobs is on a level 
playing	field.

our investors

We’re aware that investors insist on good CR credentials, so we communicate regularly, keeping 
them well informed of our activities. Feedback from investors has helped shape our clear business 
strategy and encouraged further CR activities. Listening carefully to investors helps determine our 
CR	approach	for	the	benefit	of	the	business.

Throughout the world, we seek to work closely with local communities, looking to give something 
back to the societies in which we operate. To achieve this, we encourage our staff to be pro-active 
in seeking projects within their own community and to make a telling contribution. Around the 
world, projects include consultants going into schools and giving CV and interview advice, as well 
as volunteers helping out on community or environmental projects in places such as hospitals, 
care homes, social centres and wildlife sanctuaries. 

Diversity

Diversity is at the heart of everything we do. As a global recruitment business, we’re about 
people, so our ability to understand, embrace and operate in a multicultural world not only makes 
financial	sense	but	it	is	critical	to	our	sustainability.	At	Michael	Page,	we’re	committed	to	building	
an	inclusive	workplace	environment	which	seeks	to	leverage	our	global	footprint	–	rich	in	diverse	
people, talent and ideas. We are an equal opportunities employer and a strong advocate in 
the industry to encourage other businesses to give every individual the same opportunities for 
employment	and	promotion	based	on	their	ability,	qualifications	and	suitability	for	a	position.

The Group takes its responsibilities very seriously and is determined to establish Michael Page as 
a leading voice on diversity issues within the recruitment industry. We also work closely with our 
clients, advising on how to implement their own diversity policies.

For ourselves:
•	 We	offer	a	level	playing	field
•	 We	check	to	make	sure	it	stays	that	way

For our clients
•	 We	use	the	widest	pipelines	to	seek	their	future	talent
•	
•	 We	network	with	the	right	people

	Building	unique	approaches	to	give	them	the	diverse	shortlist	they	need

For our candidates
•	

	Show	us	their	skills	and	they	can	trust	us	to	do	all	we	can	to	create	job	opportunities	for	them

39

Corporate memberships

We are members of the following organisations with the pure intention to work with and advise 
our clients and candidates on diversity. Our senior staff are actively involved with these bodies 
through work-streams and joint initiatives, ensuring we are constantly learning from their 
experience and indeed using our own resources to share best practice and ideas.
•	

	Race	for	Opportunity	–	an	organisation	committed	to	improving	employment	opportunities	
for ethnic minorities across the UK;
	Opportunity	Now	–	a	membership	organisation	for	employers	who	are	committed	to	
creating an inclusive workplace for women;
	Employers	Forum	for	Disability	–	the	world’s	leading	employers’	organisation	focused	on	
disability as it affects business; and
	Employers	Network	for	Equality	&	Inclusion	–	Incorporating	the	Employers	Forum	on	Age	
and	the	Employers	Forum	on	Belief,	the	Employers	Network	for	Equality	&	Inclusion	is	 
the UK’s leading employer network covering all aspects of equality and inclusion issues  
in the workplace. 

•	

•	

•	

our people

Employee engagement

With	our	business	strategy	of	increased	diversification	through	organic	international	growth,	
our vision of Maximising Potential exists for employees to articulate opportunity, development 
and the ambition of each individual. At the heart of our company is the camaraderie of team 
work, so much so that it is also one of our company values. We are a very sociable company, 
with	regular	team	activities	in	and	out	of	the	office	including	quarterly	events	and	high	
profile	exclusive	trips	for	our	‘High	Flyers’,	the	latter	a	reward	for	those	who	have	performed	
exceptionally well.

We run several initiatives worldwide to monitor employee engagement. In the UK, we 
participate in the Sunday Times Best Companies to work for in which we have been 
recognised	for	seven	years.	With	over	1,000	companies	entering,	we	were	delighted	to	 
see	us	ranked	as	the	39th	best	company	to	work	for	in	the	UK.	This	is	a	leap	of	19	places	
from last year and equals our highest ever ranking. Michael Page received top scores for 
management, leadership and personal growth.

Hiring the best 

Sourcing and retaining the highest calibre employees from a wide range of backgrounds is key 
to our success.

The service we provide to all our customers is only as good as the people who represent 

our brand. Our strategy, to grow organically by promoting from within, presents enormous 
opportunities	to	employees	who	range	from	graduates	to	people	changing	careers	–	often	
from the disciplines we recruit for. It’s also extremely important to us to recognise that when 
we recruit, we are hiring our managers, directors and indeed managing directors of the future.

We aspire to help people to be the best they can, whether they are looking for a career in 
recruitment,	or	need	a	hand	finding	the	right	role	to	suit	their	needs.

Learning	and	Development	–	our	future

It’s visible both inside and out, that Michael Page International is passionate about its people’s 
development. Through a diverse range of education, experience and exposure opportunities, 
we support our employees to develop in their roles and build a solid foundation for their future 
career with us. From the day they start, through to becoming leaders, our people continuously 
undertake development and succession planning programmes through quarterly appraisals, 
coaching,	and	people	management	training	using	360	degree	feedback.

At Michael Page International we’re about specialisation. So, in order for our people to be the 
best	at	what	they	do,	we	have	established	dedicated	Learning	&	Development	(L&D)	teams	
across the Group that customise our programmes to offer the right training to suit different 
cultures and working environments.    

Our L&D activities include: 
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	

	Induction	training;	diversity,	customer	service,	behaviour,	culture,	legal	&	policy;
	Business	technology	skills;	preliminary	and	advanced;
	Maximising	Sales;	core	skills	in	three	day	module	sessions;
	Workshops;	Self	management,	advanced	interviewing,	presentation	skills;
	Virtual	office;	Advanced	skills	training;
	Management	development	for	both	fee	earning	and	support	staff;	Operational	
management,	financial/business	management,	succession	planning,	coaching	and	
development, motivation;
	One	to	one	coaching	and	mentoring;
	Leadership	programme	for	directors	incorporating	external	360	degree	feedback
	Global	director	academy;	Sharing	global	knowledge;	and
	Talent	management	workshops	for	global	managing	director	population.

•	
•	
•	
•	

Retaining the most talented people

With a solid strategy of organic growth, and using this expertise as a platform for growing 
into new markets, we have a strong commitment to internal promotion and employee 
empowerment which has continually helped us retain our very best people. At the highest 
level, we want people who are immersed thoroughly in our company culture and understand 
the intricacies of our business. Retaining our best people is fundamental to our long-term 
success and continuity. 

i

D
R
e
C
T
O
R
S

’

R
e
P
O
R
T

40

 
	Regular	‘state	of	the	nation’	broadcasts	to	our	staff	from	our	CEO;
	‘More’	–	our	internal	intranet	site	offers	discounts	on	a	wide	range	of	brands;

Keeping in touch
•	
•	
•	 Monthly	newsletters	and	global	updates;
•	 Quarterly	team	building	events;	and
•	

	High	Flyers	events	–	premium	international	trips	for	high	performing	consultants	 
and managers.

Whistleblowing 

The Company is committed to maintaining the highest ethical standards and the personal and 
professional integrity of its employees, suppliers, contractors and consultants. 

Michael Page International plc at all times conducts its business with the highest standards of 
integrity and honesty. It expects all employees to maintain the same standards in everything they 
do. Employees are therefore encouraged to report any wrongdoing by Michael Page International 
plc or its employees that falls short of these business principles. The aim of this policy is to ensure 
that as far as possible, our employees are able to tell us about any wrongdoing at work which 
they believe has occurred, or is likely to occur. 

Bribery	and	Anti-Corruption	

Bribery and corruption is, unfortunately, a feature of corporate and public life in many countries 
across the world. Governments, businesses and non-governmental organisations such as 
Transparency International are working together to tackle the issue, but despite our collective 
efforts, eradicating all forms of bribery and corruption will take time. The Group therefore has a 
clear policy and we support our employees to make decisions in line with our stated position. 

Following	the	release	of	the	UK	Bribery	Act	on	1	July	2011,	a	significant	amount	of	time	has	been	
spent training staff across the Group in every country in which we operate.

This training program went on for a number of weeks, to ensure all relevant personnel were 
fully aware of its impact. Changes were made to our policies and procedures where deemed 
necessary and we have updated our Group Code of Conduct which can be found on our website. 

Our corporate conduct is based on our commitment to acting professionally, fairly and with 
integrity. The Group has adequate anti-corruption procedures in place and maintains a zero-
tolerance approach against corruption. Facilitation payments are also not permitted within the 
Group’s operations.

Charity and community

The	Group	made	charitable	donations	of	£299k	during	the	year	(2010:	£181k).

Giving something back 

We continue to offer all our employees the opportunity to be involved in activities with a charity, 
community	or	environmental	cause.	In	some	of	our	regions	we	call	this	a	‘More	Giving	Day’.	
With the permission from their director, employees are free to take a working day out of the 
office	in	order	to	give	something	back.	We	have	helped	at	hospices,	decorated	schools,	cleaned	
conservation areas, helped the elderly with their gardening, assisted at large charity functions and 
even used our people skills to run workshops on behalf of others. It’s another opportunity for us to 
show our values and also to help the community.

Helping young people prepare for employment

The City of London shares its borders with some of the UK’s most deprived boroughs where 
unemployment	is	high,	despite	the	considerable	employment	opportunities	in	the	City.	In	2005,	
Michael Page International joined forces with The Brokerage Citylink to support the City of London 
Business Traineeship Programme to help combat this issue. The initiative works through London 
borough schools to raise awareness of the career opportunities in the City and brings together 
able	school	and	colleague	leavers	with	City	firms	for	placements	between	6	and	13	weeks.

In	2011,	we	brought	another	five	high-achieving,	aspiring	students	on-board	who	were	keen	to	
gain an insight into the recruitment industry. Individuals that do their traineeship at Michael Page 
International can nominate to work in the operational business as a consultant or in one of the 
support functions including marketing, human resources or information technology. Bespoke 
training and development programmes ensure that all trainees get a real introduction into the 
world of recruitment. Each person is mentored and nurtured during their time with us, so that  
they go away with a better understanding of working life.

Over the past seven years, we have worked hard to mentor and provide key career foundations 
for	50	young	people,	many	from	ethnic	minority	backgrounds,	so	they	can	understand	what	a	
career in the City can offer and what they need to achieve in order to get the right job.

We place great importance on sourcing talent for our business through many different channels, 
so not only is The Brokerage Programme a way for us to develop young talent but it is also an 
integral part of our recruitment strategy to achieve success in the future.  

Giving back is part of our culture. We are actively involved with charities, communities and 
environmental causes across the globe and take pride in our achievements. Our approach and 
commitment to giving back, enhances our working lives by keeping us engaged with the world 
around us and providing opportunities to contribute towards it. We believe that together we make 
a difference.

Around the world we have a number of programs and schemes in place to ensure that our people 
share	the	responsibility	of	giving	back	to	local	communities	and	not-for-profit	organisations.

41

our core values

Our	five	values	are	key	to	our	success.	They	are	the	roots	of	Michael	Page	and	the	foundation	of	our	methods,	
approach to business and motivating our staff. More than mere words, we believe our values are the essence of 
our brand and instrumental to the way we work and operate, day in, day out.

Take pride
This means taking pride in everything we do, who 
we are and what we stand  for. We want every 
person who works for us to be proud, not just of 
their personal achievements, but of those of the 
company too.

Be passionate
Without	passion,	how	could	we	be	so	successful?	
It’s	a	key	value	that	we	see	every	day	in	our	offices;	
from senior managers to new recruits. It’s the 
ingredient that ensures the very best service for our 
clients and candidates. Ultimately, it’s raw passion 
that has made us the strong, dynamic company we 
are today.

Make it fun
Of course we’re serious about business, but we 
recognise that having fun is an important factor 
within	any	office	environment.	We	encourage	it	and	
have learnt that the happier our people are, the 
more successful we’ll be.

work as a team
Teamwork is essential in any company and ours in 
no exception. We embrace it wholeheartedly and 
every employee is committed to working as part 
of a team. Teamwork makes us stronger, more 
efficient	and	the	success	that	follows	is	so	much	
more rewarding.

never give up
A value few possess, but is essential in business, 
particularly ours. It means never allowing yourself 
to be knocked back by disappointment, refusing 
to	give	up	and	showing	real	resilience.	‘When	the	
going gets tough, the tough get going’, is an apt 
phrase for Michael Page.

employers’

forum on

disability

Diversity at Michael Page

Our approach to diversity varies from country to country. 
In the UK, we have a dedicated UK Diversity Board. 
Consisting of senior directors, the board regularly reviews, 
initiates and drives our policies forward. The group takes its 
responsibilities very seriously and is totally committed to the 
cause. It is our policy to promote an environment free from 
discrimination and harassment , where everyone receives 
equal treatment regardless of gender, colour, ethnic 
or national origin, disability, age, marital status, sexual 
orientation or religion. All decisions relating to employment 
practices are objective, free from bias and based solely 
upon work criteria and individual merit. Determined to 
establish Michael Page as the leading authority on diversity 
within the recruitment industry, they also work closely 
with our clients advising on how to implement their own 
diversity policies.

KNOW IT
Our diversity proposition forms part of our long-term 
global plans for growth. It is an integral part of  
our desire to consistently offer quality services to  
our stakeholders.

EMBRACE IT
Our activities involve every single person working 
within the Michael Page world. It is part of our 
everyday	life,	in	every	office,	every	country	and	in	
everything we do.

ENCOURAGE IT
We not only practice what we preach, but continually 
encourage our staff to offer ideas on how we could 
operate more responsibly or implement our current 
policies more effectively.

i

D
R
e
C
T
O
R
S

’

R
e
P
O
R
T

42

 
Working with local communities

In	Italy,	Michael	Page	supports	the	not-for-profit	foundation,	Aiutare	i	bambini.	In	particular,	
our	staff	get	involved	in	its	“Diventare	grandi”	campaign	–	a	local	study	centre	in	Milan	which	
encourages	the	personal	development	of	students	who	come	from	difficult	backgrounds.	

Michael Page has established a direct debit system so employees can give regular donations 
through their pay. The staff also volunteer their time three times a year to run sessions with the 
students to assist with their studies and to celebrate the end of their exams. The students also 
spend	part	of	a	day	in	our	Milan	office	to	learn	more	about	working	life	and	the	job	market.

In	Brazil,	the	offices	support	Fundação	Gol	de	Letra,	a	charity	founded	by	local	soccer	players	
which	aims	to	provide	quality	education	to	surrounding	communities.	In	2011,	staff	actively	got	
behind one of their fundraising dinners to raise much needed funds. Brazil also work with Casa do 
Zezinho,	an	institution	that	engages	with	some	of	the	poorest	communities	in	São	Paulo,	helping	
children with alimentation, education and to develop the skills needed to get a job. We organise 
two visits per year and give several donations to fund educational materials. 

Michael Page in France helps fund the Second Chance Foundation, helping adults with troubled 
pasts get back on their feet. France’s Page Personnel business also support Unis-Cité which 
pioneered civil service in France with a vision that one day all youngsters would dedicate time to 
community service for self-growth and selflessness.

Sharing our skills

Michael Page in Madrid organised a training day with The Red Cross where consultants, 
managers and directors gave advice to The Red Cross recruiters and taught them some 
techniques on how to recruit, the do’s and don’ts, problems they may face and how to solve 
them.	All	of	the	training	sessions	were	created	specifically	to	suit	the	needs	of	The	Red	Cross	
recruiters so they could gain as much from the sessions as possible. We also collaborate with 
Mujer,	Familia	y	Trabajo	–	a	foundation	which	helps	women	who	have	dedicated	their	lives	to	take	
care of their families and now want to return to work. Michael Page gets involved with workshops 
where we provide advice on writing a good CV and interview skills. Staff also work on a one-to-
one basis with the group to give individual CV advice.

We not only work with external associations that help young people, we also launched our 
very	own	Work	and	Learn	scheme	in	2010.	Unique	not	only	for	our	industry,	but	also	for	many	
other FTSE listed businesses, Work and Learn offers university students paid work within a 
Michael	Page	office	local	to	wherever	they	are	studying.	In	four	hour	blocks	adapted	around	
their timetable, working for Michael Page will empower them with real commercial exposure and 
experience in a professional services business. 

Partnering with charities

By working together with charities and associations, we can contribute towards initiatives which 

provide the vital support they need to continue raising awareness and funding research for 
important causes. This year, Michael Page has supported a number of charities and local projects 
around the world. 

Michael Page in Portugal has partnered with dou.pt, a charity website, where by donating items 
to the site for people less fortunate, we not only help those in need, we also reduce our ecological 
footprint through recycling unwanted items. We encouraged our colleagues and clients to donate 
their unwanted items to the website, once posted on the website, those less fortunate are able to 
choose items and make contact with the donor to arrange collection of the item.

Teams in Singapore were joined by a few employees from Japan, to participate in the annual 
Great Wall Marathon in Beijing to help raise funds for Operation Smile, a charity that assists with 
funding surgeries for children born with facial deformities in developing countries. 

In	the	US,	Michael	Page	employees	took	part	in	the	second	annual	‘Run	for	Amelia’	held	in	New	
Jersey	raising	US$35,000	in	support	of	Amelia	Zarro	who	has	Chromosome	22	Ring	disease.	

In Hong Kong we supported the St. Baldrick’s Foundation, by participating in the St Baldrick’s 
head-shaving event raising money for research into childhood cancer.

Our	offices	in	Australia	are	very	active	fundraisers,	working	with	a	number	of	different	charities.	 
The teams have helped raised funds for Breast Cancer Foundation Australia, by participating in 
Pink Ribbon Day. All funds raised are put towards educational program about early detection, 
research into causes and treatments, and support services to help women through their 
diagnosis, treatment and recovery. They also participated in Daffodil Day, selling Cancer Council 
merchandise to raise funds for cancer research. 

Other teams raised funds for the Juvenile Diabetes Foundation in an effort to raise public 
awareness	about	child	diabetes.	In	Sydney,	we	sold	merchandise	in	office	foyers	for	the	Annual	
Starlight	Day,	raising	nearly	AUD$3,500	for	the	charity,	supporting	seriously	ill	and	hospitalised	
children to help lift their spirits.

In	Japan,	our	teams	contributed	to	the	Tohoku	Disaster	relief	effort	through	both	financial	and	
volunteering support. Funds were donated to Peace Boat, which works to promote peace, 
human rights, equal and sustainable development and respect for the environment, while several 
staff members volunteered in the clean-up effort around the tsunami affected areas. The team also 
raised awareness of the need for volunteers by inviting Peace Boat’s co-founder to present at the 
Michael Page Japan’s ten year anniversary event, which was attended by more than one hundred 
clients from multinational companies within Japan.

In	addition	to	this,	the	Japan	office	also	participated	in	the	FIT	(Financial	Industry	in	Tokyo)	for	
Charity Run, with donations divided among ten local charities in the Kanto and Tohoku region. 
More	than	60%	of	employees	in	Japan	supported	the	Run	for	the	Cure	Foundation,	funding	
breast cancer education and awareness programs throughout Japan.

43

Spotlight on the UK

Reducing our carbon footprint

As	well	as	running	a	‘Give	As	You	Earn’	scheme,	matching	any	charitable	donation	made	by	
an	employee,	our	UK	operations	also	has	an	official	charity	partner.	

The UK works closely with one main charity partner, Macmillan Cancer Support and have 
pledged to fund four Macmillan cancer nurse specialists who operate within major UK cities. 
Since	our	partnership	began	in	May	2011,	we	have	organised	a	number	of	activities	to	help	
fundraise towards our target, testing ourselves physically by running marathons, racing in 
triathlons,	cycling	across	country	to	name	just	a	few.	Our	office	activity	raises	funds	on	a	
daily basis through tuck shops, sweepstakes and bake sales. One of our newest fundraising 
activities is The Apprentice Challenge, where teams take to the streets to fundraise as much 
as they can from the general public. So far we’ve organised two of these days for about 
50	employees	each	time,	raising	close	to	£8,000	across	the	two	days,	something	we	will	
definitely	build	on	and	get	more	teams	involved	with	in	2012.

Our	largest	annual	event	is	hiking	up	the	Yorkshire	Three	Peaks	which	saw	90	employees	
take	up	the	25	mile	hike	across	the	three	tallest	peaks	in	the	Yorkshire	Dales,	completing	it	
within	12	hours.	Some	completed	it	in	five	hours	by	running	the	distance	in	less	than	ideal	
conditions.	This	event	alone	raised	over	£30,000	for	Macmillan	Cancer	Support.

We’ve also volunteered our time to help Macmillan cancer patients with a number of garden 
tidy	projects.	Beneficiaries	of	these	projects	are	often	patients	who	have	always	been	keen	
gardeners but are now unable to maintain it themselves due to illness. Our people have 
worked hard to transform patients’ gardens by cutting back overgrowth and weeds ready for 
new plants to grow, so that the patients can once more enjoy spending time in their gardens.

Environment

Taking responsibility for our environment

Michael	Page	is	a	typical	office-based	business.	As	such,	our	main	environmental	impacts	
come from the running of our businesses around the world, generating carbon emissions 
though the consumption of gas and electricity, transport activities and commuting, as well as 
office-based	waste	such	as	paper	and	toners.

As a company, we are acutely aware of our responsibility and work hard to minimise our 
impact on the environment. In a number of areas, we strive to make a difference and act 
responsibly in terms of recycling, conservation and usage.

Along	with	policies	on	how	to	use	our	resources	responsibly	around	the	offices,	we	also	have	
our	own	in-house	“MoreGreen”	scheme,	which	offers	staff	the	opportunity	to	purchase	‘green’	
products at reduced prices.

Michael Page International does not cause much pollution, however we recognise fully our 
responsibilities. The Board is committed to improving the way in which our activities  
affect the environment by:
•	

	Minimising	the	extent	of	the	environmental	impacts	of	operations	within	the	Company’s	
sphere of influence;
	Striving	to	minimise	any	emissions	of	effluents	in	our	properties	that	may	cause	
environmental damage;
	Conserving	energy	through	minimising	consumption	and	maximising	efficiency;
	Promoting	efficient	purchasing,	which	will	both	minimise	waste	and	allow	materials	to	be	
recycled where appropriate;

•	

•	
•	

•	 Employing	sound	waste	management	practices;
•	

	Putting	in	place	procedures	and	supporting	information	that	enables	compliance	with	the	
law, regulation and code of practice relating to environmental issues; and
	Monitoring	environmental	performance	and	making	improvements	where	possible.

•	

Health & safety

We recognise that Health and Safety is an integral part of our workforce. The day-to-day 
services we provide do not pose great risk to either our employees or our clients. However, 
we	endeavour	to	maintain	a	safe	and	active	environment.	Each	office	is	responsible	for	its	own	
fire	risk	assessment	and	emergency	procedures	and	has	an	allocated	Facilities	and	Health	
and Safety Representative.

The above is only a summary of the many CR activities in which we are involved and the 
impact the Group has on its environment.

Further details of our CR activities and impacts are shown in our main CR report, a copy of 
which can be downloaded from our website at:

http://investors.michaelpage.co.uk/corporate_governance.

Supplier payment policy

It is the policy of the Group to agree appropriate terms and conditions for transactions with 
suppliers	(by	means	ranging	from	standard	written	terms	to	individually	negotiated	contracts)	
and that payment should be made in accordance with those terms and conditions, provided 
that the supplier has also complied with them.

i

D
R
e
C
T
O
R
S

’

R
e
P
O
R
T

44

 
Share capital, restrictions on transfer of shares  
and other additional information 

To the extent not discussed in this Directors’ Report, information relating to the 
Company’s share capital structure, restrictions on the holding or transfer of its shares  
or	on	the	exercise	of	voting	rights	attached	to	such	securities	required	by	Section	992	 
of	the	Companies	Act	2006	is	set	out	in	the	following	sections	of	the	Annual	Report:	
•	 Corporate	Governance	Statement	(Leadership);
•	 Remuneration	Report	(Annual	Bonus	Plan);
•	
•	
•	

	Remuneration	Report	(Directors’	interests	and	share	ownership	requirements);
	Notes	to	the	Accounts	(Note	18:	Called-up	share	capital);	and
	Shareholder	Information	and	Advisers	(Articles	of	Association).

Each of the above sections is incorporated by reference into, and forms part of, this  
Directors’ Report. 

Information to Auditors

Each	of	the	Directors	at	the	date	of	approval	of	this	report	confirms	that:
1.   so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the 

company’s auditor is unaware; and

2.	 	the	Director	has	taken	all	the	steps	that	he/she	ought	to	have	taken	as	a	Director	to	

make	himself/herself	aware	of	any	relevant	audit	information	and	to	establish	that	the	
Company’s auditor is aware of that information.

This	confirmation	is	given	and	should	be	interpreted	in	accordance	with	the	provisions	 
of	s418	of	the	Companies	Act	2006.

Annual General Meeting

The	resolutions	to	be	proposed	at	the	Annual	General	Meeting	to	be	held	on	18	May	
2012,	together	with	explanatory	notes,	appear	in	the	Notice	of	Meeting	set	out	on	pages	
114	to	121	and	is	available	on	our	website	at	http://investors.michaelpage.co.uk.

There are no resolutions that have been classed as special business.

By order of the Board

Auditors

Ernst	&	Young	LLP	are	willing	to	continue	in	office	and	accordingly	resolutions	to	 
re-appoint them as auditor and authorising the Directors to set their remuneration  
will be proposed at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting.

Kelvin Stagg 
Company Secretary 
6	March	2012

45

Corporate  
governance

At the date of this report, the principal governance rules applying to UK companies listed 
on	the	London	Stock	Exchange	are	contained	in	the	UK	Corporate	Governance	Code	(the	
“Code”).	The	FRC	issued	the	Code	in	May	2011,	which	applies	to	financial	years	beginning	
on	or	after	29	June	2011.	The	FRC	has	stated	that	changes	have	been	made	to	help	
company boards to become more effective and more accountable to shareholders.

The Board as a whole has been proactive in addressing many of the recent developments 
including the annual re-election of all the Directors, which was adopted last year ahead of the 
formal implementation of the new Code provision.

The Board of Directors has a strong commitment to high standards of corporate governance 
and has applied all of the main and supporting principles set out in sections A to E as 
recommended	in	the	Code	for	the	year	ended	31	December	2011.

The Directors also seek to comply with guidelines issued by institutional investors and their 
representative bodies where it is practical to do so.

Compliance with the Code

The Directors consider that the Company has complied with all of the principles set out 
in	sections	A	to	E	of	the	Code	for	the	year	ended	31	December	2011.	The	Company’s	
auditors, Ernst & Young LLP, are required to review whether the above statement reflects 
the	Company’s	compliance	with	the	relevant	provisions	of	the	Code	specified	for	the	review	
by the Listing Rules of the UK Listing Authority and to report if it does not reflect such 
compliance.	No	report	has	been	made.

46

Leadership

The Board and its operation

The Board of Michael Page International plc is the body responsible for corporate governance, 
establishing policies and objectives, and the management of the Group’s resources.

The Board comprises currently the Chairman, who is deemed to be independent and has 
no	operational	responsibilities,	two	Executive	Directors	and	four	independent	Non-Executive	
Directors. Collectively, they have a broad balance of skills and experience. 

The Board meets regularly throughout the year. It has a formal schedule of matters reserved to 
it	and	delegates	specific	responsibilities	to	Committees.	During	the	Meetings,	the	Board	formally	
considers how and to whom matters covered at each meeting should be communicated and 
actioned beyond the Board. Decisions concerning matters of a more routine nature are dealt 
with by management below Board level. The structure of the Group facilitates the day-to-day 
running	of	the	business	and	enables	efficient	and	effective	communication	of	issues	to	the	Board	
when	required.	The	Chairman	and	Non-Executive	Directors	also	met	during	the	year	without	the	
Executive Directors being present.

Each	of	the	Committees	has	formal	written	terms	of	reference,	which	were	reviewed	in	2011.	

The	terms	of	reference	for	the	Audit,	Remuneration	and	Nomination	Committees	are	available	on	
request and can be found on the Group’s website. Their composition and the manner in which 
they discharge their responsibilities are described in this report.

The Executive Board, a Committee of the Board, meets formally at least four times a year, 
and is responsible for assisting the Chief Executive in the performance of his duties, including 
development and implementation of strategy, operational plans, policies, procedures and 
budgets. 

Until	31	December	2011,	the	Chairman	was	Sir	Adrian	Montague.	Sir	Adrian	retired	as	Chairman	
of	the	Board	on	31	December	2011	following	the	completion	of	a	planned	succession	process,	
and	Robin	Buchanan,	who	joined	the	Board	as	an	independent	Non-Executive	Director	in	August	
2011,	succeeded	him	as	Chairman.	Sir	Adrian	joined	the	Board	of	Michael	Page	in	February	
2001	as	a	Non-Executive	Director	and	was	appointed	Chairman	in	May	2002.

On	28	July	2011,	during	his	time	as	Chairman	of	Michael	Page	International	plc,	Sir	Adrian	was	
appointed	Non-Executive	Chairman	of	Hurricane	Exploration	plc,	an	oil	and	gas	exploration	
company based in the UK. 

Senior Independent Director (SID)

The Senior Independent Director is available to shareholders when they may have issues or 
concerns where contact through the normal channels of Chairman, Chief Executive or Finance 
Director has either failed to resolve concerns, or contact is deemed inappropriate.

The Senior Independent Director is Hubert Reid, but following the Annual General Meeting  
on	18	May	2012	where	Hubert	Reid	will	step	down,	the	Senior	Independent	Director	will	be	 
Ruby McGregor Smith.

Attendance at meetings

The number of meetings of the Board and Committees and individual attendance by the 
members of the Committees only are shown in Fig. 1 overleaf. 

Effectiveness

The	composition	of	the	Board	complies	with	Code	Provision	B.1.2.	The	Board	annually	reviews	
the composition of the Board and considers that there is an appropriate balance of Executive 
and	Non-Executive	Directors	on	the	Board.

These activities are performed at a regional level by four Regional Boards for the UK, EMEA, Asia 
Pacific	and	the	Americas.	Each	Regional	Board	meets	at	least	four	times	a	year.

Board appointments

Chairman

The	Chairman	is	responsible	for	the	leadership	and	efficient	operation	of	the	Board,	setting	
its agenda and ensuring all Directors provide an effective contribution. The Chairman is also 
responsible for ensuring the provision of accurate and timely information to the Board and 
effective communications with shareholders.

It is the Group’s policy that the roles of Chairman and Chief Executive are separate.

The Board follows formal and transparent procedures when appointing directors. All candidates 
are	interviewed	by	the	Chairman	and	the	Chief	Executive,	and	all	candidates	in	the	final	shortlist	
are	interviewed	by	the	Nomination	Committee.

Evaluations	of	all	candidates	are	discussed	with	all	members	of	the	Nomination	Committee	and	
recommendations are subsequently made to the Board.

Michael Page International plc is an organisation founded on the principle of encouraging 
talented people to realise their full potential at all levels in the business. Our management 
philosophy is to create a culture in the business that recognises and rewards our people for 
their achievements. We actively encourage and pursue diversity, including diversity in gender, 
throughout the business. 

47

Diversity at Board level is no more important than diversity at every other level in the 
business. In a small Board we balance diversity, including diversity in gender, against the 
paramount need to create a talented high-performing board with a suitable mix of experience 
and	capability,	in	sector,	geography,	financing,	management	and	governance.	We	especially	
focus on the importance in diversity at the time of each new board appointment and in 
framing instructions to the search consultants we retain to assist us in such appointments.

This particular non-executive recruitment process was led by the SID as it was intended that 
the successful candidate would succeed Sir Adrian Montague as Chairman in the future.      
A	detailed	role	profile	was	agreed	by	the	Committee	before	a	shortlist	of	suitable	candidates	
was prepared to go forward to an interview process. This resulted in the recommendation 
of the appointment of Robin Buchanan. Terms and conditions for Robin Buchanan and the 
other	Non-Executive	Directors	are	available	for	inspection	at	the	Company’s	registered	office.

Nomination Committee

The	Nomination	Committee	comprises	the	Non-Executive	Directors	and	is	chaired	by	Robin	
Buchanan. It is responsible for making recommendations to the Board on new appointments, 
as well as making recommendations as to the composition of the Board generally, the 
balance	between	Executive	and	Non-Executive	Directors	appointed	to	the	Board	and	
reviewing	any	conflicts	of	interest.	The	terms	of	reference	of	the	Nomination	Committee	can	
be found on our website.

During	the	year,	the	Nomination	Committee,	led	by	the	Senior	Independent	Director	Hubert	
Reid, oversaw the search for a new non-executive director assisted by The Inzito Partnership.

Attendance at Board Meetings (Committee attendance shown for Committee members only)

Total meetings

Meetings attended

Executive

Steve Ingham

Charles-Henri Dumon (left the Board on 28 February 2012)

Stephen Puckett

Total meetings

Meetings attended

Non-Executive

Robin Buchanan (appointed 10 August 2011)

Sir Adrian Montague CBE (retired 31 December 2011)

Ruby McGregor-Smith

Dr Tim Miller

Hubert Reid

Reg Sindall 

Board

12

12

11

11

Board

12

4

12

10

10

12

10

It	was	announced	on	11	July	2011	that	Stephen	Puckett,	the	Group	Finance	Director,	would	
be	leaving	the	Group,	but	would	continue	full-time	in	office	until	his	successor	was	appointed	
and a full handover of his responsibilities had been completed. The Group retained external 
executive recruitment consultants to carry out a worldwide search against an exacting brief 
to	identify	a	short-list	of	candidates.	From	the	short-list,	the	Committee	identified	Andrew	
Bracey as the preferred candidate and having completed a comprehensive interview and 
assessment	process,	he	was	appointed.	He	will	join	the	Group	on	23	April	2012.

Re-election	of	Directors

All	Directors	are	subject	to	election	by	the	shareholders	at	the	first	Annual	General	Meeting	
following their appointment. 

In accordance with the Code, the Directors have resolved that they will all submit themselves 
for annual re-election at the AGM. Accordingly, at the forthcoming AGM to be held on  
18	May	2012,	Robin	Buchanan	and	Andrew	Bracey	will	offer	themselves	for	election,	 
with the remaining Directors, with the exception of Hubert Reid, Stephen Puckett and 
Charles-Henri Dumon, offering themselves for re-election. As a result of their annual 
performance evaluation, the Board considers that their individual performances continue 
to be effective, with each Director demonstrating commitment to their role. The Board is 
therefore pleased to support their re-election at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting.

Audit 
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Nomination 
Committee

Induction and training programme

9

3

9

7

7

9

7

5

2

5

4

4

5

5

4

0

3

1

4

4

4

On appointment to the Board, each Director discusses with the Company Secretary the 
extent of training required and a tailored induction programme to cover their individual 
requirements is then compiled. Elements of the programme typically consist of meeting 
senior management, site visits and attending internal conferences.

In addition, information is provided on the Company’s services, Group structure, Board 
arrangements,	financial	information,	major	competitors	and	major	risks.	After	an	initial	
induction phase, updates are provided on a periodic basis.

C
O
R
P
O
R
A
T
e
G
O
v
e
R
N
A
N
C
e

48

 
 
Performance evaluation

Company Secretary

The Board, as part of its commitment to ensuring effectiveness and evaluating its performance, 
together with that of its Directors and Committees, conducted an internal review comprising 
meetings between the Chairman and all other Board members, individually and collectively, 
concerning all aspects of procedure and effectiveness.

All Directors have access to the advice and services of the Company Secretary, who is 
responsible for ensuring that Board procedures and applicable rules and regulations are 
observed. There is an agreed procedure for Directors to obtain independent professional advice, 
if necessary, at the Company’s expense.

During this review, a number of matters were considered, including overall composition and 
diversity of the board.

Following completion of this part of the process, the Chairman met again with each of the 
individual Directors to discuss their views and to give feedback on their performance.  
The results of the evaluation were reported to the Board and where areas of improvement have 
been	identified,	actions	have	been	agreed	upon	and	training	will	be	provided	where	required.

Succession planning

One of the basic premises behind the strategic development of the Michael Page business, is 
that growth is organic. It is therefore one of the fundamental principles of the Company that we 
train and develop our own people. This approach creates opportunities for career progression 
and helps us attract and retain high calibre individuals.

Due to this philosophy of nurturing our own talent, succession planning is inherently a key part of 
the business process. We do not make promotions or move people within the business unless 
there is a clear successor for the vacant position. It is, therefore, one of the key responsibilities 
of all levels of management, and not just the Board, to have a clear plan of development for their 
direct reports.

Conflicts of interest

The	Company	has	implemented	robust	procedures,	in	line	with	the	Companies	Act	2006,	
requiring Directors to seek appropriate authorisation prior to entering into any outside business 
interests. 

In	all	cases	where	a	potential	conflict	is	identified,	it	is	Board	policy	that	the	Director	in	question	is	
not involved in any discussion of the area or issue giving rise to the conflict.

During the course of the year, the Board reviewed and authorised, in accordance with the 
Company’s Articles of Association, a small number of external directorships and other business 
interests	held	by	individual	directors.	However,	none	were	regarded	as	being	of	such	significance	
as to give rise to a conflict of interest.

All Directors are aware of their continuing obligation to report any new interests or changes in 
existing interests that might amount to a possible conflict of interest in order that these may be 
considered by the Board and appropriate authorisations given.

Accountability

Responsibilities

The Directors acknowledge their responsibility for the preparation of the Annual Report. The 
Statement	of	Directors’	Responsibilities	is	shown	on	page	123.	A	statement	by	the	auditors	
about	their	reporting	responsibilities	is	shown	in	the	Independent	Auditors’	Report	on	page	65.	

Strategy

A detailed discussion of results, strategy and outlook is contained within the Business Review  
of this Annual Report.

Audit Committee

The	Audit	Committee	comprises	the	independent	Non-Executive	Directors	and	is	chaired	by	
Ruby McGregor-Smith. The Committee members have broad experience and knowledge of 
financial	reporting.	Their	relevant	qualifications	and	experience	are	shown	in	their	biographies	on	
the	Board	of	Directors	pages	33	and	34.

The Board believes that Ruby McGregor-Smith and Hubert Reid have recent and relevant 
financial	experience.	The	other	members	of	the	Audit	Committee,	Dr	Tim	Miller	and	Reg	Sindall	
both have wide experience in regulatory and risk issues.

The	Committee	met	nine	times	in	2011	to	fulfil	its	duties	and	included	attendance	by	the	external	
auditor where required. The Committee also met with the external auditors during the year 
without the presence of management.

In	2011,	the	Audit	Committee	discharged	its	responsibilities	as	set	out	in	the	terms	of	reference,	
which can be found on our website, www.investors.michaelpage.co.uk. Its principal tasks are 
to ensure the integrity of the Company’s Financial Reporting process, review the effectiveness 
of the Group’s risk management and internal control systems, review the scope of the external 
audit, consider issues raised by the external auditor, and review the half-yearly and annual 
accounts before they are presented to the Board, focusing in particular on accounting policies 
and compliance, and areas of management judgement and estimates, as well as ensuring the 
independence of the external auditor and the provision of additional services to the Company.

49

During	the	year,	with	Deloitte	LLP	having	been	group	auditors	since	1998,	the	Audit	
Committee recommended to the Board that it was appropriate to put the group audit out to 
competitive tender. Ernst & Young LLP was successful in this process.

Objectivity and independence of external auditor

Ernst & Young LLP is employed to perform work in addition to their statutory duties where 
it is felt that they are best placed to carry out the engagement as a result of their being the 
Group’s auditor. All other work is awarded on the basis of competitive tender.

The objectivity and independence of the external auditor is safeguarded by:

a.  obtaining assurances from the external auditor that adequate policies and procedures 

exist	within	its	firm	to	ensure	the	firm	and	its	staff	are	independent	of	the	Group	by	reason	
of	family,	finance,	employment,	investment	and	business	relationships	(other	than	in	the	
normal	course	of	business);

b.  enforcing a policy concerning the provision of non-audit services by the auditor which 

governs the types of work:

i. from which the external auditor is excluded;
ii.  for which the external auditor can be engaged without referral to the Audit Committee; and
iii.  for which a case-by-case decision is required, which includes all engagements over 

certain fee limits.

C
O
R
P
O
R
A
T
e
G
O
v
e
R
N
A
N
C
e

50

The following areas are considered to be unacceptable for the external auditor to undertake:
•	 selection,	design	or	implementation	of	key	financial	systems;
•	

	maintaining	or	preparing	the	accounting	books	and	records	or	the	preparation	of	financial	
accounts	or	other	key	financial	data;
•	 provision	of	outsourced	financial	systems;
•	 provision	of	outsource	operational	management	functions;
•	 recruitment	of	senior	finance	or	other	executives;
•	 secondment	of	senior	finance	or	other	executives;
•	 provision	of	internal	audit	services;
•	 valuation	services	or	fairness	opinions;	and
•	

	any	services	specifically	prohibited	to	be	provided	by	a	listed	company’s	external	auditors	
under UK regulations. 

The following criteria also need to be met before the external auditors are contracted to 
provide such services:
•	
•	
•	
•	

	the	firm	has	the	necessary	skills	and	experience	to	undertake	the	work;
	there	are	no	potential	conflicts	that	may	arise	as	a	result	of	carrying	out	this	activity;
	the	external	audit	firm	is	subject	to	the	company’s	normal	tendering	processes;	and
	in	addition	to	the	normal	authorisation	procedures	and	prior	to	inclusion	in	a	tender,	
approval has to be given by the Group Finance Director and, if the fee exceeds a certain 
level, the Audit Committee.

c.  enforcing a policy of reviewing all cases where it is proposed that a former employee of the 

external auditor be employed by the Group in a senior management position; and

d.   monitoring the external auditors’ compliance with applicable UK ethical guidance on the 

rotation of audit partners.

The Committee has also considered the likelihood of a withdrawal of the auditor from the 
market and noted that there are no contractual obligations to restrict the choice of external 
auditors.

To assess the effectiveness of the external auditors, the Audit Committee reviewed:
	the	arrangements	for	ensuring	the	external	auditors’	independence	and	objectivity;
•	
	the	external	auditors’	fulfilment	of	the	agreed	audit	plan	and	any	variations	from	the	plan;
•	
•		 	the	robustness	and	perceptiveness	of	the	auditors	in	their	handling	of	the	key	accounting	

and audit judgements; and

•	 the	content	of	the	external	auditor’s	reporting	on	internal	control.

Following the above, the Audit Committee has recommended to the Board that Ernst & 
Young LLP is re-appointed.

 
Internal control

The	responsibilities	of	the	Directors	in	respect	of	internal	control	are	defined	by	the	Financial	
Services Authority’s Listing Rules that incorporate a Code of Practice known as the Combined 
Code, which requires that Directors review, at least annually, the effectiveness of the Group’s 
system of internal controls. This requirement stipulates that the review shall cover all material 
controls	including	operational,	compliance	and	risk	management,	as	well	as	financial.	Internal	
Control	Guidance	for	Directors	on	the	Combined	Code	(“the	Turnbull	Report”)	was	published	
in	September	1999,	updated	October	2005	and	sets	out	best	practice	on	internal	audit	for	UK	
listed	companies	and	assists	them	in	applying	Section	C.2	of	the	Code.

The Board has assessed existing risk management and internal control processes during the 
year	ended	31	December	2011	in	accordance	with	the	current	Turnbull	guidance.	The	Board	
believes	it	has	the	procedures	in	place	such	that	the	Group	has	fully	complied	for	the	financial	
year	ended	31	December	2011	and	at	the	date	of	this	report.	

The	Directors	are	responsible	for	the	Group’s	system	of	internal	financial	and	operational	controls,	
which are designed to meet the Group’s particular needs and aim to safeguard Group assets, 
ensure	proper	accounting	records	are	maintained	and	that	the	financial	information	used	within	
the business and for publication is reliable.

Any system of internal control can only provide reasonable, but not absolute, assurance against 
material misstatement and loss. Key elements of the system of internal control are as follows:

•	 Group	organisation.

 The Board of Directors meets at least ten times a year, focusing mainly on strategic issues, 
operational	and	financial	performance.	There	is	also	a	defined	policy	on	matters	reserved	
strictly for the Board. The Managing Director of each operating division is accountable for 
establishing and monitoring internal controls within that division;

•	 Annual	business	plan.

 The Group has a comprehensive budgeting system with an annual budget approved by the 
Board;

•	 Quarterly	reforecasting.

 The Group prepares a full-year reforecast on a quarterly basis showing, by individual 
businesses/disciplines,	the	results	to	date	and	a	reforecast	against	budget	for	the	remaining	
period up to the end of the year;

•	 Financial	reporting.

 Detailed monthly reports are produced showing comparisons of results against budget, 
forecast and the prior year, with performance monitoring and explanations provided for 
significant	variances.	The	Group	issues	trading	updates	to	shareholders	on	a	quarterly	basis;

•	 Audit	Committee.

 There is an established Audit Committee whose activities are previously described;

•	 Financial	and	operational	controls.

	Individual	operations	complete	an	annual	controls	self	assessment	and	certification	statement.	
Each	operational	manager,	in	addition	to	the	finance	function	for	that	operation,	confirms	
the adequacy of their systems of internal control and compliance with Group policies. The 
statement	also	requires	the	reporting	of	any	significant	control	issues,	including	suspected	
or	reported	fraud,	that	have	emerged	so	that	areas	of	Group	concern	can	be	identified	and	
investigated as required;

51

 
 
 
 
 
	
•	 Risk	management.

	Identification	of	major	business	risks	is	carried	out	at	Group	level	in	conjunction	with	
operational management and appropriate steps taken to monitor and mitigate risk;

Remuneration

Remuneration Committee

•	 Public	interest	disclosure	policy	(whistleblowing).

 The audit committee has reviewed arrangements by which staff of the company may, in 
confidence,	raise	concerns	about	possible	improprieties	in	matters	of	financial	reporting	
or other matters. Arrangements are in place for the proportionate and independent 
investigation of such matters and for appropriate follow-up action; and

•	

Internal	audit	activities.
 The internal audit function is an independent, dedicated Internal Audit team, comprising 
the Head of Internal Audit and a team of Internal Auditors. Businesses are visited on 
a risk-based and rotational basis to assess the effectiveness of controls in mitigating 
specific	risks.	In	addition,	risks	are	regularly	reviewed	and	changes	are	made	to	the	risk	
profile	where	necessary.	All	internal	audit	activities	are	reported	to	the	Audit	Committee.	
During the year, the Board monitored and reviewed the effectiveness of the internal audit 
activities.

The	Board	has	applied	principle	C.2	of	the	Code	and	confirms	that	there	is	an	ongoing	
process	for	identifying,	evaluating	and	managing	the	significant	risks	faced	by	the	Group	 
and that the processes have been in place for the year under review and up to the date  
of approval of the annual report and accounts.

The	Remuneration	Committee	comprises	the	independent	Non-Executive	Directors	and,	
since	21	January	2011,	is	chaired	by	Reg	Sindall,	who	took	over	the	Chairmanship	from	 
Dr Tim Miller.

The Committee reviews the Group’s policy on the Chairman’s, Executive Directors’ and 
senior executives’ remuneration and terms of employment, makes recommendations upon 
this,	along	with	the	specific	level	of	remuneration	to	the	Board,	and	also	approves	the	
provision of policies for the incentivisation of senior employees, including share schemes.

The Committee meets at least twice a year and is also attended by the Chief Executive, 
except when his own remuneration is under consideration. The Remuneration Report 
includes information on the Directors’ service contracts. The terms of reference of the 
Remuneration Committee can be found on our website. 

The	Report	of	the	Remuneration	Committee	can	be	found	on	pages	54	to	63	of	the	 
Annual Report.

C
O
R
P
O
R
A
T
e
G
O
v
e
R
N
A
N
C
e

52

 
	
 
 
Relations with shareholders

Board contact with shareholders

Communications with shareholders are given a high priority. The main contact 
between the Board and shareholders is through the Chief Executive and the 
Group	Finance	Director.	They	undertake	two	major	investor	“roadshows”	each	
year	in	February/March	and	August/September,	in	which	numerous	one-to-one	
meetings with shareholders take place. The outcome of these meetings and the 
views of shareholders are relayed back to the Board by the corporate brokers, at 
the end of each roadshow. The Group’s corporate brokers also report monthly 
to the Board on broking activity during the month and any issues that may have 
been raised with them.

Shareholders are invited to attend the Annual General Meeting where they are 
able	to	discuss	any	concerns	with	the	Non-Executive	Directors.

When requested by shareholders, individual matters can be discussed with the 
Chairman or Senior Independent Director. The Group also has a website with 
an	investor	section	(http://investors.michaelpage.co.uk)	that	contains	Company	
announcements and other shareholder information.

Annual Report

The Annual Report is designed to present a balanced and understandable 
view of the Group’s activities and prospects. The Business Review provides an 
assessment of the Group’s affairs and position. The Annual Report and Interim 
Report are sent to all shareholders on the Register. 

53

Remuneration
report

54

Dear shareholder

In my letter last year, I advised you that we planned to review the remuneration structure during 
2011,	taking	into	account	a	number	of	key	principles,	namely	to:	

•	

	Moderate	the	volatility	in	remuneration	arrangements	so	they	are	more	in	line	with	 
business performance;

•	

	Encourage	personal	investment	in	Company	shares;	and

•	

	Establish	longer-term	incentives	less	dependent	on	short-term	performance.

We made good progress during the year and had constructive and helpful dialogue with major 
shareholders. Following this consultation it was our intention to introduce the changes with 
effect	from	January	2012.	However,	as	you	will	be	aware,	the	business	leadership	is	undergoing	
significant	change	with	the	departure	of	Stephen	Puckett	and	arrival	of	Andrew	Bracey,	together	
with the recently announced departure from the Board of Charles-Henri Dumon.

This	has	had	a	significant	impact	on	the	roles	and	responsibilities	of	the	executive	directors	and	
senior management team. The Committee therefore considers it is appropriate to further review 
the remuneration structure in the context of these changes, whilst maintaining the core principles. 
On	this	basis,	the	current	arrangements	will	remain	unchanged	for	the	final	year	of	the	ISP,	which	
expires	in	2013.	We	will	bring	all	proposed	changes	together	with	the	formal	replacement	of	the	ISP	
plan	for	shareholder	approval	at	the	2013	AGM.

Accordingly,	2012	will	be	the	last	year	in	which	there	is	no	formal	cap	on	the	bonus	and	the	new	
arrangements	will	operate	for	2013	and	beyond.

The Committee appreciates all the feedback received from shareholders and hopes to receive your 
support at the forthcoming AGM.

Reg Sindall 
Remuneration Committee Chairman 
6	March	2012

This	report	has	been	prepared	in	accordance	with	Schedule	8	to	The	Accounting	Regulations	under	
the	Companies	Act	2006.	The	report	also	meets	the	relevant	requirements	of	the	Listing	Rules	of	
the Financial Services Authority and describes how the Board has applied the principles relating to 
Directors’ remuneration in the UK Corporate Governance Code. As required by the Act, a resolution 
to approve the report will be proposed at the Annual General Meeting of the Company at which the 
financial	statements	will	be	approved.

Scope and membership of remuneration committee

The Remuneration Committee, which meets not less than three times a year, comprises the 
independent	Non-Executive	Directors.	The	Chief	Executive	attends	the	meetings	as	required,	
except when his own remuneration is under consideration. The purpose of the Remuneration 
Committee is to review, on behalf of the Board, the remuneration policy for the Chairman, Executive 
Directors and other senior executives and to determine the level of remuneration, incentives and 
other	benefits,	compensation	payments	and	the	terms	of	employment	of	the	Executive	Directors	
and other senior executives. It seeks to provide a remuneration package that aligns strongly the 
interests of Executive Directors with those of the shareholders. 

The Committee has continued to review the remuneration of the Executive Directors with regard to 
the need to maintain a balance between the constituent elements of salary, annual bonus and long-
term	incentives	and	other	benefits.	The	Committee	retained	independent	remuneration	consultants	
(Deloitte	LLP)	and	has	taken	advice	during	the	year	from	them	in	relation	to	certain	executive	
remuneration matters. Deloitte LLP is a member of the Remuneration Consultants Group and as 
such voluntarily operates under the code of conduct in relation to executive remuneration consulting 
in	the	UK.	No	Directors,	other	than	the	members	of	the	Remuneration	Committee,	provided	material	
advice to the Committee on Directors’ remuneration.

Remuneration policy

The objective of the Group’s remuneration policy is to attract and retain management with the 
appropriate professional, managerial and operational expertise necessary to realise the Group’s 
strategic objectives, as well as to establish a framework for remunerating all employees.

It	is	the	Company’s	policy	that	all	Executive	Directors’	service	contracts	contain	a	12	month	 
notice period.

The	Non-Executive	Directors	do	not	have	service	contracts	with	the	Company.	They	are	appointed	
for an initial three year term and thereafter may be reappointed for a further two terms of three 
years, subject to annual re-election at Annual General Meetings.

Additional	details	of	service	contracts	are	shown	on	page	62.

The remuneration agreed by the Committee for the Executive Directors contains the following 
elements:	a	base	salary	and	benefits,	an	annual	bonus,	share	plan	awards	and	pension	benefits.	
The	remuneration	of	the	Non-Executive	Directors	is	determined	by	the	Board.	The	Non-Executive	
Directors	do	not	receive	any	other	benefits,	other	than	out-of	pocket	expenses,	from	the	Group,	 
nor do they participate in any of the bonus or share schemes.

The	following	sections	provide	details	of	the	Company’s	remuneration	policy	during	2011.		

55

Base salary and benefits

The	Committee	establishes	salaries	and	benefits	by	reference	to	those	prevailing	in	the	
employment market generally for Executive Directors of companies of comparable status and 
market value, taking into account the range of incentives described elsewhere in this report, 
including	a	performance	bonus.	Reviews	of	such	base	salary	and	benefits	are	conducted	
annually by the Committee. The Group operates a policy of providing below median salaries, 
with the balance of the package provided through incentives aligned with Group performance 
and shareholder value to ensure a total remuneration package geared to performance.

The	Committee	decided	to	increase	the	Executive	Directors’	base	salaries	by	3.0%	with	effect	
from	1	January	2011,	which	was	broadly	in	line	with	staff	across	the	wider	Group.	Following	 
the	increase,	the	base	salaries	remained	significantly	below	the	market	median.	The	following	
table	shows	the	base	salaries	of	each	director	in	2010	and	2011,	in	the	currency	in	which	they	
are paid. 

Director

Steve Ingham

Stephen Puckett

Currency

2010 (‘000s)

% Change

2011 (‘000s)

Sterling

Sterling

380

290

634

3.0%

3.0%

3.0%

392

299

653

Charles Henri Dumon

Swiss Francs

As outlined above, the recent changes to the board of directors, with Charles-Henri Dumon 
leaving	the	Board	in	February	2012	and	Stephen	Puckett	being	replaced	by	Andrew	Bracey	in	
April	2012,	has	led	to	a	change	in	the	roles	and	responsibilities	of	the	Chief	Executive.	In	light	of	
these	changes,	Steve	Ingham’s	salary	for	2012	has	been	increased	by	15%	to	£450,000.	His	
salary	remains	significantly	below	the	market	median	and	any	further	changes	to	his	base	salary	
will	be	considered	in	the	context	of	implementing	the	revised	remuneration	framework	for	2013.	
No	further	changes	have	been	made	to	his	benefits	for	2012.

Andrew	Bracey	will	receive	a	base	salary	of	£360,000	p.a.	effective	from	his	appointment	in	 
April	2012.

Annual bonus plan

Annual	bonuses	for	the	Executive	Directors	are	awarded	from	a	pool	of	profits	earned	during	
the	financial	year.	In	2011,	the	bonus	pool	for	Executive	Directors	was	equal	to	3.85%	of	profits	
earned	above	a	threshold	equal	to	half	of	targeted	profits	for	the	year.	If	profits	exceed	1.1	times	
the	targeted	level,	then	an	additional	1.3%	of	profits	earned	above	the	targeted	level	is	added	to	
the bonus pool. The Remuneration Committee retains the discretion to review this arrangement 
and set different rates and thresholds as it deems appropriate for the business.

Profits	are	defined	as	Group	profit	before	taxation,	exceptional	items	and	before	the	Executive	

Directors’ annual bonus charges and charges or credits resulting from the Incentive Share Plan 
described below or other share option grants.

The bonus pool calculation is not entirely formulaic as the Committee has the ability to vary the 
pool	both	up	and	down,	by	up	to	10%,	to	reflect	its	view	of	the	performance	of	the	Company	
relative to its directly comparable peers. Reflecting the strong recovery of the business and its 
performance	compared	to	the	peer	group	in	the	year,	the	Committee	increased	the	2011	bonus	
pool	by	10%.

The	targeted	level	of	profits	for	2011	was	£100.9m	and	was	set	at	the	end	of	2010	by	
reference to market expectations and internal forecasts at that time. Due to the downturn in 
market	conditions	in	the	second	half	of	2011,	the	targeted	level	of	profits	was	not	achieved	
by the business and, as a result, the bonus pool from which the executive directors individual 
bonuses	are	drawn,	for	the	three	executive	directors	reduced	by	47.2%,	compared	to	2010.	
The Committee retains the discretion to review this arrangement and to set different rates and 
thresholds as it deems appropriate for the business.

Unlike all other employees who receive all their annual bonuses in cash, the Executive Directors’ 
cash element of their annual bonus is restricted to a multiple of salary. In the event that the 
Executive	Director’s	annual	bonus	entitlement	is	greater	than	150%	of	salary,	only	an	amount	
equal	to	150%	of	the	executive’s	salary	is	paid	in	cash.	To	reward	service	over	a	longer	period,	
any	amount	of	the	bonus	pool	above	150%	of	the	individual’s	salary	level	is	deferred,	paid	into	
an	employee	benefit	trust	and	invested	in	the	Company’s	shares	with	no	matching	investment	
by the Company. Such shares are reserved for the executive and vest in equal annual tranches 
over two years, normally so long as the executive is still in employment at that time. The 
Income Statement for the year carries a charge for the Directors’ annual bonus paid in cash 
while the deferred amount is charged in subsequent years until the shares vest. Based on the 
2011	results,	the	aggregate	amount	deferred	for	the	three	Executive	Directors	is	£0.1m	(2010:	
£1.8m).	As	Stephen	Puckett	is	leaving	the	Group,	the	Remuneration	Committee	decided	that	
£0.1m	of	his	2011	bonus,	which	would	normally	be	deferred	and	settled	in	shares,	would	be	
paid in cash.

The	intention	is	that	the	Annual	Bonus	Plan	will	operate	as	normal	in	2012,	with	the	bonus	pool	
for Executive Directors reduced proportionately to take into account the changes to the Board 
during	the	year.	The	target	has	been	set	for	2012	by	reference	to	market	expectations	and	
internal forecasts and will be disclosed in next year’s Remuneration Report. Andrew Bracey  
will	not	participate	in	the	bonus	pool	in	2012	and	will	have	a	maximum	bonus	opportunity	of	
150%	of	salary	subject	to	the	achievement	of	stretching	financial	and	personal	targets	to	be	 
set by the Board.

R
e
M
u
N
e
R
A
T
O
N
R
e
P
O
R
T

i

56

 
Long-term incentives

The Company currently operates two forms of long-term incentive for Executive Directors and 
senior management:

Incentive Share Plan (ISP)

The	ISP,	which	was	approved	by	shareholders	in	2003,	is	funded	with	a	percentage,	currently	
6%,	of	Group	profits.	Not	more	than	30%	of	this	amount	is	available	for	awards	to	the	Executive	
Directors, the balance being available for awards to senior employees. Awards vest after a three 
year period, with vesting of one-third of the award subject to achievement of additional performance 
conditions.	Group	profits	are	defined	as	Group	profit	before	taxation,	before	exceptional	items	and	
charges or credits resulting from the plan or other share option grants. Awards under the ISP  
are	satisfied	in	shares	of	the	Company,	which	are	market	purchased	and	held	by	the	employee	
benefit	trust.

The	Committee	retains	the	discretion	to	review	the	proportion	of	profits	dedicated	to	the	 
ISP	in	the	light	of	the	growth	in	the	size	of	the	Company,	its	profitability	and	the	number	of	 
Executive Directors.

Two	thirds	of	these	shares	(“Deferred	Share	Awards”)	are	subject	to	a	three-year	deferral	period,	
during which they will be forfeited if the relevant director or senior employee leaves, other than 
in	“compassionate	circumstances”.	The	remaining	third	(“Performance	Share	Awards”)	are	also	
deferred	for	three	years,	but	are	subject	to	the	following	earnings	per	share	(“EPS”)	growth	targets	
over the three year period:

•	

•	

•	

	Performance	share	awards	of	up	to	50%	of	a	Director’s	or	senior	employee’s	salary	only	vest	
if	EPS	grows	by	an	average	of	5%	over	the	growth	in	UK	RPI	per	annum	over	the	three	year	
period. 

	Any	excess	between	50%	and	75%	of	salary	only	vests	to	the	extent	that	EPS	grows	by	7.5%	
over the growth in UK RPI per annum over the three year period. 

	Finally,	to	the	extent	that	the	performance	share	award	is	greater	than	75%	of	an	executive’s	
salary,	the	hurdle	is	10%	over	the	growth	in	UK	RPI	per	annum	over	the	three	year	period.	

•	

If	awards	do	not	vest	after	three	years,	they	automatically	lapse.

Based	on	the	2011	results,	the	total	award	available	to	be	made	in	2012	was	£5,867,880.	 
Of	this,	as	in	previous	years	10%	was	allocated	to	the	Chief	Executive.	Due	to	him	being	on	notice	
to leave the Group, Stephen Puckett was not eligible for an award and Charles-Henri Dumon 
left	the	Board	on	28	February	2012.	Awards	totalling	£4,045,000	will	be	made	to	other	senior	
employees.	Details	of	the	awards	made	in	2011	to	the	Executive	Directors	are	disclosed	on	 
page	60.

As	reported	in	the	2009	Remuneration	Report,	due	to	the	highly	uncertain	outlook	at	the	time	of	
making the awards, the Remuneration Committee concluded that performance shares awarded 
in	March	2009	would	vest	over	the	four	year	period	to	31	December	2012.	As	such,	there	are	no	
awards	to	test	for	performance	against	the	2011	results.

It	is	intended	to	operate	the	ISP	on	the	usual	basis	for	the	Chief	Executive	in	2012.	Andrew	Bracey	
will	not	participate	in	the	ISP	profit	share	for	2012	but	will	receive	a	maximum	long-term	incentive	
award	of	100%	of	salary.

57

Emoluments

The aggregate emoluments, excluding pensions, of the Directors of the Company who served during the year were as follows:

2011

executive
Steve Ingham (Note 1)

Charles-Henri Dumon (Note 2)

Stephen Puckett

Non-executive
Sir Adrian Montague CBE

Reg Sindall

Ruby McGregor-Smith

Dr Tim Miller

Hubert Reid

Robin Buchanan

Total

2010

executive
Steve Ingham (Note 1)

Charles-Henri Dumon (Note 2)

Stephen Puckett

Non-executive
Sir Adrian Montague CBE

Reg Sindall

Ruby McGregor-Smith

Dr Tim Miller

Hubert Reid

Total

Salary and fees  
£’000

Benefits (Note 3)  
£’000

Annual Bonus  
£’000

Deferred Annual Bonus  
£’000

incentive Share Plan (note 4) 
£’000

392

460

299

150

51

51

46

49

18

1,516

Salary and fees  
£’000

380

395

290

130

2

49

43

46

1,335

28

68

29

–

–

–

–

–

–

125

588

299

520

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,407

77

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

77

391

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

391

Benefits (Note 3) 
£’000

Annual Bonus  
£’000

Deferred Annual Bonus  
£’000

incentive Share Plan  
£’000

34

72

28

–

–

–

–

–

134

570

435

435

–

–

–

–

–

689

549

549

–

–

–

–

–

334

334

334

–

–

–

–

–

1,440

1,787

1,002

Total  
£’000

1,476

827

848

150

51

51

46

49

18

3,516

Total  
£’000

2,007

1,785

1,636

130

2

49

43

46

5,698

Notes	to	the	emoluments:
1.  Steve Ingham is the highest paid director. 
2.	 	Charles-Henri	Dumon’s	salary	and	benefits	are	paid	in	Swiss	Francs.	In	line	with	the	other	Executive	Directors,	he	received	a	3.0%	increase	in	salary	in	2011	and	therefore	the	additional	change	in	reported	salary	 

is due to movements in foreign exchange.

3.	 Benefits	include,	inter	alia,	items	such	as	company	car	or	cash	alternative,	fuel	and	medical	insurance.	
4.	 Represents	the	non-performance	proportion	of	the	Incentive	Share	plan	to	be	awarded	in	March	2012.	

R
e
M
u
N
e
R
A
T
O
N
R
e
P
O
R
T

i

58

 
Pension benefits

Executive	Directors	are	eligible	to	participate	in	the	Group	pension	plan	which	is	a	defined	contribution	scheme.	In	2011,	each	Executive	Director	received	a	pension	contribution	equal	to	25%	 
(2010:	25%)	of	their	base	salary	or	a	cash	alternative.

Pension contributions

Steve Ingham

Charles-Henri Dumon

Stephen Puckett

2011  
£’000

98

115

75

2010  
£’000

95

99

73

Directors’ interests and share ownership requirements

It	is	Michael	Page	policy	that	Executive	Directors	are	required	to	build	and	hold,	as	a	minimum,	a	direct	beneficial	interest	in	the	Company’s	ordinary	shares	equal	to	their	base	salary.	As	at	31	December	
2011,	all	Executive	Directors	complied	with	this	requirement.

The	beneficial	interests	of	the	Directors	who	served	during	the	year	and	their	families	in	the	ordinary	shares	of	the	Company	of	1p	each	are	shown	below.	For	the	Directors	in	office	at	the	balance	sheet	
date	there	has	been	no	change	in	these	interests	from	31	December	2011	to	6	March	2012.

Ordinary shares of 1p

At 1 January 2011

Robin Buchanan

Steve Ingham

Charles-Henri Dumon

Stephen Puckett

Direct Holding

Direct Holding

Direct Holding

Direct Holding

–

1,212,987

628,000

434,695

Transferred in year

iSP

–

104,446

194,946

104,472

ABP

–

69,808

142,164

55,505

Total transferred  
in year

–

174,254

337,110

159,977

Acquired in year

Disposal in year

39,678

–

–

–

–

–

(350,000)

(594,672)

At 31 December 
2011

39,678

1,387,241

615,110

–

1.	Steve	Ingham	transferred	104,446	shares	from	the	Incentive	Share	Plan	and	69,808	from	the	Deferred	Annual	Bonus	Plan	into	his	direct	holding	in	the	year.

2.		Charles-Henri	Dumon	transferred	194,946	shares	from	the	Incentive	Share	Plan	and	142,164	from	the	Deferred	Annual	Bonus	Plan	into	his	direct	holding	and	also	disposed	of	350,000	out	 

of his direct holding in the year.

3.		Stephen	Puckett	transferred	104,472	shares	from	the	Incentive	Share	Plan	and	55,505	from	the	Deferred	Annual	Bonus	Plan	into	his	direct	holding	and	also	disposed	of	594,672	out	of	his	direct	

holding in the year.

4.	Robin	Buchanan	acquired	39,678	shares	on	15	August	2011.

No	other	Director	has	a	holding	in	the	Company.

59

Incentive share plan

Details	of	awards	made	under	the	Incentive	Share	Plan	that	remain	outstanding	at	31	December	2011	are	as	follows:

Total award at 1 January 2011

Awarded during the year

Perf. shares

Non-perf. 
shares

Total shares

Perf. shares

Non-perf. 
shares

Total shares

vested 
in year

lapsed 
in year

Steve Ingham

261,347

522,691

784,038

Charles-Henri Dumon

261,347

522,691

784,038

Stephen Puckett

261,347

522,691

784,038

34,020

34,020

34,020

68,039

68,039

68,039

102,059

102,059

102,059

(215,122)

(215,122)

(215,122)

(107,562)

(107,562)

(107,562)

Total award at 31 December 2011

Perf. shares

Non-perf. 
shares

Total shares

187,805

375,608

563,413

187,805

375,608

563,413

187,805

375,608

563,413

1.		The	value	of	the	award	made	under	the	Michael	Page	Incentive	Share	Plan	in	2011	is	£501,108	for	each	of	the	three	executive	directors	who	are	eligible	for	an	award	and	is	 

based	on	the	purchase	price	of	the	Company’s	ordinary	shares	on	11	March	2011	of	491p.	The	market	value	at	the	date	of	their	award	of	the	shares	that	vested	in	the	year	was	285p.

2.		The	total	value	of	awards	at	31	December	2011	for	each	individual	Director	in	office	at	the	balance	sheet	date	is	£1,965,185	and	is	calculated	using	the	closing	market	price	of	 

the	Company’s	ordinary	shares	at	31	December	2011	of	348.8p.

3.	For	awards	made	in	2011,	the	performance	shares	vest	over	three	years	and	have	a	base	EPS	for	the	performance	criteria	of	18.62p.

4.		In	March	2011,	Charles-Henri	Dumon	was	granted	deferred	share	options	to	acquire	68,039	ordinary	shares	and	performance	share	options	to	acquire	34,020	ordinary	shares	 

under the Michael Page Incentive Share Plan. These options have a nil exercise price and do not accrue dividends. These are granted in lieu of deferred shares.

Deferred annual bonus

As	described	on	pages	56,	in	the	event	that	the	Executive	Directors’	bonus	entitlement	is	greater	than	150%	of	salary,	the	excess	above	the	individual’s	salary	is	deferred,	invested	in	the	
Company’s	shares	and	delivered	to	the	individual	in	two	equal	tranches	on	the	first	two	anniversaries	of	the	grant.	In	respect	of	2011,	a	total	of	£0.1m	will	be	awarded	to	the	Executive	Directors	in	
March	2012,	representing	this	excess	and	has	been	included	in	the	emoluments	table	for	the	year	as	shown	on	page	58.	There	has	been	no	charge	made	to	the	income	statement	in	the	year	for	
the	deferred	element	of	the	2011	annual	bonus.	The	charge	for	the	year	will	be	spread	over	future	periods	as	described	in	the	accounting	policies	in	Note	1	on	page	78.	For	full	descriptions	of	the	
vesting	conditions,	see	“Annual	Bonus	Plan”	on	page	56.

Details	of	awards	made	under	the	deferred	Annual	Bonus	Plan	that	remain	outstanding	at	31	December	2011	are	as	follows:			

Steve Ingham

Charles-Henri Dumon

Stephen Puckett

Total award at 1 January 2011 
(shares)

143,115

113,764

113,764

Awarded during  
the year (shares)

140,325

111,898

111,898

vested in year 
(shares)

(143,115)

(113,764)

(113,764)

Total award at 31 December 2011 
(shares)

140,325

111,898

111,898

The	average	market	value	of	the	shares	vested	in	the	year	at	the	date	of	award	was	187.5p.

R
e
M
u
N
e
R
A
T
O
N
R
e
P
O
R
T

i

60

 
Beneficial interests

The	beneficial	interests	of	the	Executive	Directors	who	served	during	the	year	and	their	families	in	share	options	of	the	Michael	Page	International	plc	Executive	Share	Option	Scheme	 
at	31	December	2011	were	as	follows:

Steve ingham

Charles-Henri Dumon

Stephen Puckett

Date of Grant

At 1 January 2011 (shares)

exercised in year

lapsed in year

At 31 December   
2011 (shares)

exercise price (pence)

Period of exercise

2001

2005

2010

2001

2005

2010

2001

2005

2010

93,471

50,000

400,000

140,209

50,000

400,000

93,471

50,000

400,000

(32,792)

–

–

(49,187)

(50,000)

–

(32,792)

(50,000)

–

(60,679)

–

–

(91,022)

–

–

(60,679)

–

–

–

50,000

400,000

–

–

400,000

–

–

400,000

175

190.75

381.5

175

190.75

381.5

175

190.75

381.5

2004-2011

2008-2015

2013-2020

2004-2011

2008-2015

2013-2020

2004-2011

2008-2015

2013-2020

The	market	price	of	the	shares	at	31	December	2011	was	348.8p	with	a	range	during	the	year	of	323p	to	567p.

Total Shareholder Return (TSR)

The	graph	below	shows	Total	Shareholder	Return	(TSR)	relative	to	a	base	index	of	100	for	the	Group	and	the	FTSE	Support	Services	index	which,	as	it	is	the	sector	in	which	the	Company	 
operates,	is	considered	the	most	appropriate	comparator	index	in	the	absence	of	a	more	directly	representative	recognised	index.	A	comparison	with	the	FTSE	250	index	is	also	given.

150

31 Dec 2006

31 Dec 2007

31 Dec 2008

31 Dec 2009

31 Dec 2010

31 Dec 2011

Versus FTSE 250 and FTSE Support Services

100.00

100

50

97.54

90.12

64.49

65.69

60.33
49.43

90.87
89.61

87.05

133.80

115.77

107.24

106.82

104.12

85.82

Key:

Michael Page

Support services

FTSE250

61

outside appointments

The	Remuneration	Committee	recognises	that	Non-Executive	Directorships	have	significant	benefit	in	broadening	executives’	experience.	Subject	to	review	in	each	case,	the	Remuneration	
Committee’s	general	policy	is	that	Executive	Directors	may	accept	Non-Executive	Directorships	with	other	companies,	so	long	as	there	is	no	conflict	of	interest	and	their	effectiveness	is	not	
impaired. The executives are permitted to retain any fees for their service.

Service contracts

A	general	review	of	all	the	Executive	Directors’	contracts	was	carried	out	during	2011	to	ensure	they	remain	legally	current	and	a	number	of	minor	amendments	were	made.	 
All Executive Directors’ service contracts contain a twelve month notice period. The service contracts also contain restrictive covenants preventing the Directors from competing with  
the Group for six months following the termination of employment and preventing the Directors from soliciting key employees, clients and candidates of the employing company and Group 
companies for twelve months following termination of employment. On termination, any compensation payments due to a Director are calculated in accordance with normal legal principles, 
including mitigation, as appropriate.  

Contract date

unexpired term at  
31 December 2011

Notice period

Provision for compensation 
on early termination

Other termination provisions

executive

Steve Ingham

Charles-Henri Dumon (Note 6)

Stephen Puckett (Note 1)

Non-executive

Sir Adrian Montague CBE 
(Notes 2 and 5)

Ruby McGregor-Smith

Dr Tim Miller (Note 3)

Hubert Reid

Reg Sindall

Robin Buchanan (Note 4 and 5)

31/12/10

13/06/03

31/12/10

27/02/10

23/05/10

13/08/11

25/02/09

14/12/10

10/08/11

no specific term

no specific term

no specific term

12 months 

17 months

32 months

2 months

24 months

32 months

12 months 

12 months salary plus other contractual benefits

12 months 

12 months salary plus other contractual benefits

12 months 

12 months salary plus other contractual benefits

None

None

None

None

None

None

None

None

None

None

None

None

None

None

None

None

None

None

None

None

None

1.	 	Stephen	Puckett	announced	in	the	Q2	and	Half	Year	2011	trading	statement	that	he	would	be	stepping	down	from	the	Board	when	a	successor	had	been	found.	It	was	subsequently	

announced,	on	23	January	2012,	that	Andrew	Bracey	would	be	joining	the	Group	as	Chief	Financial	Officer	from	23	April	2012.

2.	 	Sir	Adrian	Montague	retired	from	the	Board	on	31	December	2011.
3.	 Dr	Tim	Miller’s	contract	was	renewed	for	a	further	three	year	term	on	13	August	2011.
4.	 	Robin	Buchanan	was	appointed	to	the	Main	Board	and	the	Audit,	Remuneration	and	Nomination	Committees	for	an	initial	three	year	term	on	10	August	2011.
5.	 	Sir	Adrian	Montague	retired	and	Robin	Buchanan	was	appointed	as	Chairman	on	31	December	2011,	whereupon	he	resigned	from	the	Audit	and	Remuneration	Committees.
6.	 Charles-Henri	Dumon	left	the	Board	on	28	February	2012.

R
e
M
u
N
e
R
A
T
O
N
R
e
P
O
R
T

i

62

 
Annual resolution

Shareholders	will	be	given	the	opportunity	to	approve	the	Remuneration	Report	at	the	Annual	General	Meeting	(resolution	9)	on	18	May	2012.

Audit requirement

Within	the	Remuneration	Report,	the	sections	on	Emoluments,	and	Directors’	interests	and	share	ownership	requirements,	on	pages	58	to	61	inclusive,	are	audited.	All	other	sections	of	the	 
Remuneration Report are unaudited.

Reg Sindall 
Chairman	–	Remuneration	Committee 
6	March	2012

63

Auditor’s  
report

64

Independent auditor’s report to the members of 
Michael Page International plc

Opinion on financial statements

In our opinion:
•	

We	have	audited	the	financial	statements	of	Michael	Page	International	plc	for	the	year	ended	31	
December	2011	which	comprise	the	Consolidated	Income	Statement,	the	Consolidated	Statement	
of Comprehensive Income, the Group and Parent Company Balance Sheets, the Consolidated 
and Parent Company Statements of Changes in Equity, the Group and Parent Company Cash 
Flow	Statements	and	the	related	notes	1	to	26.	The	financial	reporting	framework	that	has	been	
applied	in	their	preparation	is	applicable	law	and	International	Financial	Reporting	Standards	(IFRSs)	
as	adopted	by	the	European	Union	and,	as	regards	the	parent	company	financial	statements,	as	
applied	in	accordance	with	the	provisions	of	the	Companies	Act	2006.

•	

•	

•	

	the	financial	statements	give	a	true	and	fair	view	of	the	state	of	the	group’s	and	of	the	parent	
company’s	affairs	as	at	31	December	2011	and	of	the	group’s	profit	for	the	year	then	ended;
	the	group	financial	statements	have	been	properly	prepared	in	accordance	with	IFRSs	as	
adopted by the European Union; 
	the	parent	company	financial	statements	have	been	properly	prepared	in	accordance	with	
IFRSs as adopted by the European Union and as applied in accordance with the provisions of 
the	Companies	Act	2006;	and
	the	financial	statements	have	been	prepared	in	accordance	with	the	requirements	of	the	
Companies	Act	2006	and,	as	regards	the	group	financial	statements,	Article	4	of	the	IAS	
Regulation.

This	report	is	made	solely	to	the	company’s	members,	as	a	body,	in	accordance	with	Chapter	3	of	
Part	16	of	the	Companies	Act	2006.	Our	audit	work	has	been	undertaken	so	that	we	might	state	
to the company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report 
and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume 
responsibility to anyone other than the company and the company’s members as a body, for our 
audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.  

Respective responsibilities of directors and auditor

As	explained	more	fully	in	the	Directors’	Responsibilities	Statement	set	out	on	page	123,	the	
directors	are	responsible	for	the	preparation	of	the	financial	statements	and	for	being	satisfied	
that they give a true and fair view. Our responsibility is to audit and express an opinion on the 
financial	statements	in	accordance	with	applicable	law	and	International	Standards	on	Auditing	
(UK	and	Ireland).	Those	standards	require	us	to	comply	with	the	Auditing	Practices	Board’s	Ethical	
Standards for Auditors.

Scope of the audit of the financial statements

An	audit	involves	obtaining	evidence	about	the	amounts	and	disclosures	in	the	financial	statements	
sufficient	to	give	reasonable	assurance	that	the	financial	statements	are	free	from	material	
misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error. This includes an assessment of: whether the 
accounting policies are appropriate to the group’s and the parent company’s circumstances 
and	have	been	consistently	applied	and	adequately	disclosed;	the	reasonableness	of	significant	
accounting	estimates	made	by	the	directors;	and	the	overall	presentation	of	the	financial	
statements.	In	addition,	we	read	all	the	financial	and	non-financial	information	in	the	Annual	Report	
and	Accounts	2011	to	identify	material	inconsistencies	with	the	audited	financial	statements.	If	
we become aware of any apparent material misstatements or inconsistencies we consider the 
implications for our report.

Opinion on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006

In our opinion:
•	

	the	part	of	the	Directors’	Remuneration	Report	to	be	audited	has	been	properly	prepared	in	
accordance	with	the	Companies	Act	2006;	and
	the	information	given	in	the	Directors’	Report	for	the	financial	year	for	which	the	financial	
statements	are	prepared	is	consistent	with	the	financial	statements.

•	

Matters on which we are required to report by exception

We have nothing to report in respect of the following:

Under	the	Companies	Act	2006	we	are	required	to	report	to	you	if,	in	our	opinion:
•	

	adequate	accounting	records	have	not	been	kept	by	the	parent	company,	or	returns	
adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or
	the	parent	company	financial	statements	and	the	part	of	the	Directors’	Remuneration	Report	
to be audited are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or
	certain	disclosures	of	directors’	remuneration	specified	by	law	are	not	made;	or
	we	have	not	received	all	the	information	and	explanations	we	require	for	our	audit.

•	

•	
•	

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review:
•	
•	

	the	directors’	statement	contained	within	the	business	review	in	relation	to	going	concern;
	the	part	of	the	Corporate	Governance	Statement	relating	to	the	company’s	compliance	with	
the	nine	provisions	of	the	UK	Corporate	Governance	Code	specified	for	our	review;	and
	certain	elements	of	the	report	to	shareholders	by	the	Board	on	directors’	remuneration.

•	

Iain Wilkie (Senior statutory auditor) 
for and on behalf of Ernst & Young LLP, Statutory Auditor 
London 
6	March	2012

65

Financial  
statements

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT .......................................................................... 67
CONSOLIDATED	STATEMENT	OF	COMPREHENSIVE	INCOME .................................... 67
CONSOLIDATED AND PARENT COMPANY BALANCE SHEETS ................................... 68
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY .............................................. 70
STATEMENT	OF	CHANGES	IN	EQUITY	–	PARENT	COMPANY ...................................... 71
CONSOLIDATED AND PARENT COMPANY
CASH FLOW STATEMENTS .............................................................................................. 72
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ..................................................................... 73
1.	 Significant	accounting	policies ..................................................................................... 73
2.	 Segment	reporting ....................................................................................................... 80
3.	 Profit	for	the	year ......................................................................................................... 83
4.	 Employee	information .................................................................................................. 83
5.	 Non-Recurring	Items	(NRI) ........................................................................................... 84
6.	 Financial	income/(expenses) ........................................................................................ 85
7.	 Taxation	on	profits	on	ordinary	activities ....................................................................... 86
8.	 Current	tax	assets	and	liabilities ................................................................................... 87
9.	 Dividends ..................................................................................................................... 87

10.	 Earnings	per	ordinary	share ......................................................................................... 87
11.  Property, plant and equipment ..................................................................................... 88
12.	 Intangible	assets .......................................................................................................... 89
13.	 Investments ................................................................................................................. 90
14.	 Trade	and	other	receivables ......................................................................................... 91
15.	 Trade	and	other	payables ............................................................................................ 92
16.	 Bank	overdrafts ........................................................................................................... 92
17.	 Deferred	tax ................................................................................................................. 93
18.	 Called-up	share	capital ................................................................................................ 94
19.	 Reserves ..................................................................................................................... 96
20.	 Cash	flows	from	operating	activities ............................................................................. 97
21.	 Cash	and	cash	equivalents .......................................................................................... 97
22.	 Financial	risk	management .......................................................................................... 98
23.	 Commitments ............................................................................................................ 104
24.	 Contingent	liabilities ................................................................................................... 104
25.	 Events	after	the	balance	sheet	date ........................................................................... 104
26.	 Related	party	transactions ......................................................................................... 105

66

Consolidated income statement

For	the	year	ended	31	December	2011	

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Administrative expenses

Operating profit before non-recurring items

Other income – non-recurring items

Operating profit

Financial income

Financial income – non-recurring items

Financial expenses

Profit before tax

Income tax expense

Income tax expense – non-recurring items

Profit for the year

Attributable to:
Owners of the parent

earnings per share
Basic earnings per share (pence)

Diluted earnings per share (pence)

The above results relate to continuing operations.

Note

2

2

2

5

2

6

5

6

2

7

5, 7

3

10

10

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

For	the	year	ended	31	December	2011

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income for the year

Currency translation differences

Total comprehensive income for the year

Attributed to:

Owners of the parent

2011  
£’000

1,019,087

(465,306)

553,781

(467,746)

86,035

–

86,035

953

–

(841)

86,147

(29,290)

–

56,857

56,857

18.7

18.2

2011 
£’000

56,857

(3,405)

53,452

53,452

2010  
£’000

832,296

(390,089)

442,207

(370,680)

71,527

17,125

88,652

1,107

11,335

(438)

100,656

(25,203)

(7,969)

67,484

67,484

21.6

21.1

2010  
£’000

67,484

290

67,774

67,774

67

Consolidated and parent company balance sheets

As	at	31	December	2011

Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Investments

Deferred tax assets 

Other receivables 

Current assets
Trade and other receivables

Current tax receivable

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables

Bank overdrafts

Current tax payable

Net current assets/(liabilities)

Non-current liabilities
Other payables

Deferred tax liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Note

2, 11

2, 12

13

17

14

14

8

21

2

15

16

8

15

17

2

        Group

                                 Company as restated (note 1)

2011  
£’000

33,210

39,744

–

8,351

2,612

83,917

196,455

3,980

64,417

264,852

348,769

(147,413)

(6,249)

(11,591)

(165,253)

99,599

(2,685)

(233)

(2,918)

2010  
£’000

28,526

27,574

–

12,441

1,145

69,686

168,305

2,810

80,531

251,646

321,332

(122,795)

–

(16,583)

(139,378)

  2011  
£’000

–

–

  2010  
£’000

–

–

478,791

462,947

–

–

478,791

485,871

–

23

485,894

964,685

–

–

462,947

470,941

1,305

–

472,246

935,193

(564,173)

(510,830)

–

–

–

–

(564,173)

(510,830)

112,268

(78,279)

(38,584)

(4,156)

(364)

(4,520)

–

–

–

–

–

–

(168,171)

(143,898)

(564,173)

(510,830)

180,598

177,434

400,512

424,363

i

i

F
N
A
N
C
A
l
S
T
A
T
e
M
e
N
T
S

68

 
               
Consolidated and parent company balance sheets (continued)

As	at	31	December	2011

Capital and reserves
Called-up share capital

Share premium

Capital redemption reserve

Reserve for shares held in the employee benefit trust

Currency translation reserve

Retained earnings

Total equity

Note

18

19

19

19

19

           Group

               Company as restated (note 1)

2011  
£’000

3,167

57,215

932

(65,652)

30,286

154,650

180,598

2010  
£’000

3,216

55,607

875

(75,361)

33,691

159,406

177,434

  2011  
£’000

3,167

57,215

932

(65,652)

–

404,850

400,512

  2010  
£’000

3,216

55,607

875

(75,361)

–

440,026

424,363

These	financial	statements	of	Michael	Page	International	plc,	Company	Number	3310225,	were	approved	by	the	Board	of	Directors	and	authorised	for	issue	on	6	March	2012.	On	behalf	of	the	Board	 
of Directors.

S Ingham 
Chief Executive 

S R Puckett 
Group Finance Director

69

                
                   
 
 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity

For	the	year	ended	31	December	2011

Group

Balance at 1 January 2010

Currency translation differences

Net profit recognised directly in equity

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Purchase of own shares for cancellation

Purchase of shares held in the employee benefit trust

Issue of share capital

Transfer to reserve for shares held in the employee benefit trust

Credit in respect of share schemes

Credit in respect of tax on share schemes

Dividends

Balance at 31 December 2010 and 1 January 2011

Currency translation differences

Net expense recognised directly in equity

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the year

Purchase of own shares for cancellation

Issue of share capital

Transfer to reserve for shares held in the employee benefit trust

Credit in respect of share schemes

Debit in respect of tax on share schemes

Dividends

Balance at 31 December 2011

 Called-up  
share  capital  
£’000

Share premium
£’000

 Capital  redemption   
reserve 
 £’000 

Note

 Reserve  
for shares held 
in the employee 
benefit trust  
£’000

3,234

51,589

838

(19,409)

 Currency  
translation  
reserve 
 £’000 

33,401

 Retained  earnings 
 £’000 

127,363

 Total  equity  
£’000

197,016

–

–

–

–

(37)

–

19

–

–

–

–

(18)

3,216

–

–

–

–

(57)

8

–

–

–

–

(49)

3,167

–

–

–

–

–

–

4,018

–

–

–

–

4,018

55,607

–

–

–

–

–

1,608

–

–

–

–

1,608

57,215

–

–

–

–

37

–

–

–

–

–

–

37

875

–

–

–

–

57

–

–

–

–

–

57

932

–

–

–

–

–

(61,757)

–

5,805

–

–

–

(55,952)

(75,361)

–

–

–

–

–

–

9,709

–

–

–

9,709

(65,652)

290

290

–

290

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

33,691

(3,405)

(3,405)

–

(3,405)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

30,286

–

–

67,484

67,484

(15,086)

–

–

(5,805)

10,049

280

(24,879)

(35,441)

159,406

–

–

56,857

56,857

(30,322)

–

(9,709)

12,703

(5,774)

(28,511)

(61,613)

154,650

290

290

67,484

67,774

(15,086)

(61,757)

4,037

–

10,049

280

(24,879)

(87,356)

177,434

(3,405)

(3,405)

56,857

53,452

(30,322)

1,616

–

12,703

(5,774)

(28,511)

(50,288)

180,598

9

9

i

i

F
N
A
N
C
A
l
S
T
A
T
e
M
e
N
T
S

70

 
Statement of changes in equity – parent company

For	the	year	ended	31	December	2011

Company

Balance at 1 January 2010 (as previously reported)

Adjustments to opening balance

Balance at 1 January 2010 (as restated)

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Purchase of own shares for cancellation

Issue of share capital

Purchase of shares held in the employee benefit trust

Transfer to reserve for shares held in the employee benefit trust

Credit in respect of share schemes

Dividends

Balance at 31 December 2010 and  
1 January 2011 (as restated)

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Purchase of own shares for cancellation

Issue of share capital

Transfer to reserve for shares held in the employee benefit trust

Credit in respect of share schemes

Dividends

Balance at 31 December 2011

Called-up  
share capital  
£’000

 Share  premium 
£’000

 Capital   
redemption reserve  
£’000

Note

 Reserve for shares 
held in the employee 
benefit trust  
£’000

1

9

1

9

3,234

–

3,234

–

–

(37)

19

–

–

–

–

(18)

3,216

–

–

(57)

8

–

–

–

(49)

3,167

51,589

–

51,589

–

–

–

4,018

–

–

–

–

4,018

55,607

–

–

–

1,608

–

–

–

1,608

57,215

838

–

838

–

–

37

–

–

–

–

–

37

875

–

–

57

–

–

–

–

57

932

–

(19,409)

(19,409)

–

–

–

–

(61,757)

5,805

–

–

(55,952)

(75,361)

–

–

–

–

9,709

–

–

9,709

(65,652)

Retained   
earnings 
 £’000

399,365

31,352

430,717

45,030

45,030

(15,086)

–

–

(5,805)

10,049

(24,879)

(35,721)

440,026

20,663

20,663

(30,322)

–

(9,709)

12,703

(28,511)

(55,839)

404,850

 Total equity 
£’000

455,026

11,943

466,969

45,030

45,030

(15,086)

4,037

(61,757)

–

10,049

(24,879)

(87,636)

424,363

20,663

20,663

(30,322)

1,616

–

12,703

(28,511)

(44,514)

400,512

71

Consolidated and parent company cash flow statements

For	the	year	ended	31	December	2011

Cash generated from underlying operations

Net cash paid in respect of non-recurring items (NRI)

Cash generated from operations

Income tax (paid)/received

Net cash from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Purchases of investments

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

Purchases of intangibles

Proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment, and computer software

Interest received

Net cash (used in)/received from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Dividends paid

Interest paid

Issue of own shares for the exercise of options

Purchase of own shares for cancellation

Purchase of shares held in the employee benefit trust

Net cash used in financing activities

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

Exchange loss on cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

Note

20

5

20

21

        Group

                                 Company as restated (note 1)

2011  
£’000

103,325

–

103,325

(37,109)

66,216

–

(16,319)

(13,325)

237

953

(28,454)

(28,511)

(807)

1,616

(30,322)

–

(58,024)

(20,262)

80,531

(2,101)

58,168

2010  
£’000

81,650

(12,558)

69,092

(12,408)

56,684

–

(7,371)

(8,774)

1,392

1,107

(13,646)

(24,879)

(439)

4,037

(15,086)

(61,757)

(98,124)

(55,086)

137,185

(1,568)

80,531

2011  
£’000

59,067

–

59,067

1,303

60,370

(3,141)

–

–

–

11

(3,130)

(28,511)

–

1,616

(30,322)

–

(57,217)

23

–

–

23

2010  
£’000

110,355

(12,558)

97,797

–

97,797

–

–

–

–

72

72

(24,879)

(141)

4,037

(15,086)

(61,757)

(97,826)

43

(43)

–

–

i

i

F
N
A
N
C
A
l
S
T
A
T
e
M
e
N
T
S

72

 
               
notes to the financial statements

For	the	year	ended	31	December	2011

1. Significant accounting policies

Statement of compliance

Michael Page International plc is a company incorporated in the United Kingdom under the 
Companies	Act.	The	financial	statements	have	been	prepared	under	the	historical	cost	convention	
and	in	accordance	with	current	International	Financial	Reporting	Standards	(IFRS)	as	adopted	by	
the	European	Union	and	therefore	comply	with	Article	4	of	the	EU	IAS	Regulation.

Basis of preparation

The	financial	statements	of	Michael	Page	International	plc	consolidate	the	results	of	the	Company	
and	all	its	subsidiary	undertakings.	As	permitted	by	Section	408	of	the	Companies	Act	2006,	
the	profit	and	loss	account	of	the	Company	has	not	been	included	as	part	of	these	financial	
statements.	The	Company’s	profit	for	the	financial	year	amounted	to	£20.7m	(2010:	£45.0m).	The	
decrease	in	the	Company’s	profit	this	year	is	as	a	result	of	decreased	dividend	income.	The	financial	
statements	have	been	prepared	on	a	going	concern	basis.	Refer	to	page	28	for	further	details.

Basis of consolidation

(i)   Subsidiaries

 Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company. Control exists when the Company has the 
power,	directly	or	indirectly,	to	govern	the	financial	and	operating	policies	of	an	entity	so	as	to	
obtain	benefits	from	its	activities.	In	assessing	control,	potential	voting	rights	that	presently	are	
exercisable	or	convertible	are	taken	into	account.	The	financial	statements	of	subsidiaries	are	
included	in	the	consolidated	financial	statements	from	the	date	that	control	commences	until	the	
date that control ceases.

(ii) Transactions eliminated on consolidation

 Intragroup balances and any unrealised gains and losses or income and expenses arising 
from	intragroup	transactions,	are	eliminated	in	preparing	the	consolidated	financial	statements.	
Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealised gains, but only to the extent that 
there is no evidence of impairment.

(iii) Employee Benefit Trust

 Shares in Michael Page International plc held by the trust are shown as a reduction in 
shareholders’ funds.

Change in accounting policy and prior year restatement

The	assets	and	liabilities	of	the	Employee	Benefit	Trust	were	previously	only	reported	on	
consolidation.	In	2011,	the	accounting	policy	has	been	amended	such	that	they	are	also	recorded	
within the parent company. The prior year comparatives for the company only have been restated 
accordingly.	This	had	an	effect	of	reducing	the	net	assets	by	£39.8m	with	no	impact	on	profit.	The	
net	assets,	profit	and	cash	flows	of	the	Group	are	unaffected	by	this	adjustment.

With the exception of the change in policy referred to above, the remaining policies, set out below, 
have been consistently applied to all the periods presented.

New accounting standards, interpretations and amendments

The	accounting	policies	adopted	are	consistent	with	those	of	the	previous	financial	year,	except	for	
the	following	new	and	amended	IFRS	and	IFRIC	interpretations	effective	as	of	1	January	2011:

•	

IAS	24	Related	Party	Disclosures	(amendment)	effective	1	January	2011

•	

IAS	32	Financial	Instruments:	Presentation	(amendment)	effective	1	February	2010

•	

	IFRIC	14	Prepayments	of	a	Minimum	Funding	Requirement	(amendment)	effective	 
1	January	2011

•	

Improvements	to	IFRSs	(May	2010)

The adoption of the standards or interpretations is described below: 

IAS 24 Related Party Transactions (Amendment)

The	IASB	issued	an	amendment	to	IAS	24	that	clarifies	the	definitions	of	a	related	party.	The	
new	definitions	emphasise	a	symmetrical	view	of	related	party	relationships	and	clarifies	the	
circumstances in which persons and key management personnel affect related party relationships 
of an entity. In addition, the amendment introduces an exemption from the general related party 
disclosure requirements for transactions with government and entities that are controlled, jointly 
controlled	or	significantly	influenced	by	the	same	government	as	the	reporting	entity.	The	adoption	
of	the	amendment	did	not	have	any	impact	on	the	financial	position	or	performance	of	the	Group.

IAS 32 Financial Instruments: Presentation (Amendment)

The	IASB	issued	an	amendment	that	alters	the	definition	of	a	financial	liability	in	IAS	32	to	enable	
entities to classify rights issues and certain options or warrants as equity instruments. The 
amendment is applicable if the rights are given pro rata to all of the existing owners of the same 
class	of	an	entity’s	non-derivative	equity	instruments,	to	acquire	a	fixed	number	of	the	entity’s	own	
equity	instruments	for	a	fixed	amount	in	any	currency.	The	amendment	has	had	no	effect	on	the	
financial	position	or	performance	of	the	Group	because	the	Group	does	not	have	these	type	of	
instruments.

73

 
 
 
i

i

F
N
A
N
C
A
l
S
T
A
T
e
M
e
N
T
S

IFRIC 14 Prepayments of a Minimum Funding Requirement (Amendment)

The amendment removes an unintended consequence when an entity is subject to minimum 
funding requirements and makes an early payment of contributions to cover such requirements. 
The amendment permits a prepayment of future service cost by the entity to be recognised 
as a pension asset. The Group is not subject to minimum funding requirements in Euroland, 
therefore	the	amendment	of	the	interpretation	has	no	effect	on	the	financial	position	or	
performance of the Group.

Improvements to IFRSs

In	May	2010,	the	IASB	issued	its	third	omnibus	of	amendments	to	its	standards,	primarily	
with a view to removing inconsistencies and clarifying wording. There are separate transitional 
provisions for each standard. The adoption of the following amendments had no impact on  
the	financial	position	or	performance	of	the	Group:

	IFRS	7	Financial	Instruments	—	Disclosures:	The	amendment	was	intended	to	simplify	
the disclosures provided by reducing the volume of disclosures around collateral held and 
improving disclosures by requiring qualitative information to put the quantitative information 
in context;

	IAS	1	Presentation	of	Financial	Statements:	The	amendment	clarifies	that	an	entity	may	
present an analysis of each component of other comprehensive income maybe either in  
the	statement	of	changes	in	equity	or	in	the	notes	to	the	financial	statements;	

IAS	1	Financial	Statement	Presentation	–	Presentation	of	Items	of	Other	 
Comprehensive Income (OCI)

The amendments to IAS 1 change the grouping of items presented in OCI. Items that could 
be	reclassified	(or	‘recycled’)	to	profit	or	loss	at	a	future	point	in	time	(for	example,	upon	
derecognition	or	settlement)	would	be	presented	separately	from	items	that	will	never	be	
reclassified.	The	amendment	affects	presentation	only	and	has	no	impact	on	the	Group’s	
financial	position	or	performance.	The	amendment	becomes	effective	for	annual	periods	
beginning	on	or	after	1	July	2012.

IAS 27 Separate Financial Statements (as revised in 2011)

As	a	consequence	of	the	new	IFRS	10	and	IFRS	12,	what	remains	of	IAS	27	is	limited	to	
accounting	for	subsidiaries,	jointly	controlled	entities,	and	associates	in	separate	financial	
statements. The amendment becomes effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 
January	2013	and	is	not	expected	to	have	a	significant	impact	on	the	Group.

IAS	28	Investments	in	Associates	and	Joint	Ventures	(as	revised	in	2011)

As	a	consequence	of	the	new	IFRS	11	and	IFRS	12,	IAS	28	has	been	renamed	IAS	28	
Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures, and describes the application of the equity 
method to investments in joint ventures in addition to associates. The amendment becomes 
effective	for	annual	periods	beginning	on	or	after	1	January	2013,	but	has	no	impact	on	the	
Group.

	IFRS	3	Business	Combinations	(Contingent	consideration	arising	from	business	 
combination	prior	to	adoption	of	IFRS	3	(as	revised	in	2008);

IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures — Enhanced Derecognition  
Disclosure Requirements

•	

•	

•	

•	

The	amendment	requires	additional	disclosure	about	financial	assets	that	have	been	transferred	
but	not	derecognised	to	enable	the	user	of	the	Group’s	financial	statements	to	understand	the	
relationship with those assets that have not been derecognised and their associated liabilities. 
In addition, the amendment requires disclosures about continuing involvement in derecognised 
assets to enable the user to evaluate the nature of, and risks associated with, the entity’s 
continuing involvement in those derecognised assets. The amendment becomes effective for 
annual	periods	beginning	on	or	after	1	July	2011.	The	amendment	affects	disclosure	only	and	
has	no	impact	on	the	Group’s	financial	position	or	performance.

	IFRS	3	Business	Combinations	(Un-replaced	and	voluntarily	replaced	share-based	 
payment	awards);

•	

IAS	27	Consolidated	and	Separate	Financial	Statements;	and

•	

IAS	34	Interim	Financial	Statements.

The following interpretation and amendments to interpretations did not have any impact on  
the	accounting	policies,	financial	position	or	performance	of	the	Group:

•	

IFRIC	13	Customer	Loyalty	Programmes	(determining	the	fair	value	of	award	credits)

•	

IFRIC	19	Extinguishing	Financial	Liabilities	with	Equity	Instruments

Standards issued but not yet effective

Standards	issued	but	not	yet	effective	up	to	the	date	of	issuance	of	the	Group’s	financial	
statements are listed below. The Group intends to adopt these standards, where they apply to 
the Group, when they become effective.

74

 
IFRS 9 Financial Instruments: Classification and Measurement

Going concern

The	directors	have,	at	the	time	of	approving	the	financial	statements,	a	reasonable	expectation	that	
the Company and the Group have adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the 
foreseeable future. Thus, they continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing 
the	financial	statements.	Further	detail	is	contained	in	the	Business	Review	on	page	28.

a)  Revenue and income recognition

Revenue,	which	excludes	value	added	tax	(“VAT”),	constitutes	the	value	of	services	undertaken	
by the Group from its principal activities, which are recruitment consultancy and other ancillary 
services. These consist of:

•	

•	

	revenue	from	temporary	placements,	which	represents	amounts	billed	for	the	services	of	
temporary staff, including the salary cost of these staff. This is recognised when the service has 
been provided;

	revenue	from	permanent	placements	is	typically	based	on	a	percentage	of	the	candidate’s	
remuneration	package	and	is	derived	from	both	retained	assignments	(income	recognised	on	
completion	of	defined	stages	of	work)	and	non-retained	assignments	(income	recognised	at	
the	date	an	offer	is	accepted	by	a	candidate	and	where	a	start	date	has	been	determined).	
The latter includes revenue anticipated, but not invoiced, at the balance sheet date, which is 
correspondingly accrued on the balance sheet within prepayments and accrued income. A 
provision is made against accrued income for possible cancellations of placements prior to, or 
shortly after, the commencement of employment; and

•	

	revenue	from	amounts	billed	to	clients	for	expenses	incurred	on	their	behalf	(principally	
advertisements)	is	recognised	when	the	expense	is	incurred.	

Interest income is accrued on a time basis, by reference to the principal outstanding and at the 
effective interest rate applicable.

IFRS	9	as	issued	reflects	the	first	phase	of	the	IASB’s	work	on	the	replacement	of	IAS	39	and	
applies	to	classification	and	measurement	of	financial	assets	and	financial	liabilities	as	defined	
in	IAS	39.	The	standard	is	effective	for	annual	periods	beginning	on	or	after	1	January	2013.	In	
subsequent	phases,	the	IASB	will	address	hedge	accounting	and	impairment	of	financial	assets.	
The	Group	is	currently	assessing	the	full	impact	of	the	remaining	amendments.	Should	IFRS	9	be	
adopted by the EU, the Group will effect the standard.

IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements

IFRS	10	replaces	the	portion	of	IAS	27	Consolidated	and	Separate	Financial	Statements	that	
addresses	the	accounting	for	consolidated	financial	statements.	It	also	includes	the	issues	raised	
in	SIC-12	Consolidation	–	Special	Purpose	Entities.	IFRS	10	establishes	a	single	control	model	that	
applies	to	all	entities	including	special	purpose	entities.	The	changes	introduced	by	IFRS	10	will	
require	management	to	exercise	significant	judgement	to	determine	which	entities	are	controlled,	
and therefore, are required to be consolidated by a parent, compared with the requirements that 
were	in	IAS	27.	This	standard	becomes	effective	for	annual	periods	beginning	on	or	after	1	January	
2013,	but	is	not	expected	to	have	a	significant	impact	on	the	Group.

IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements

IFRS	11	replaces	IAS	31	Interests	in	Joint	Ventures	and	SIC-13	Jointly-controlled	Entities	—	 
Non-monetary	Contributions	by	Venturers.	IFRS	11	removes	the	option	to	account	for	jointly	
controlled	entities	(JCEs)	using	proportionate	consolidation.	Instead,	JCEs	that	meet	the	definition	
of a joint venture must be accounted for using the equity method. This standard becomes effective 
for	annual	periods	beginning	on	or	after	1	January	2013	and	will	not	have	a	significant	impact	on	
the Group.

IFRS 12 Disclosure of Involvement with Other Entities

IFRS	12	includes	all	of	the	disclosures	that	were	previously	in	IAS	27	related	to	consolidated	
financial	statements,	as	well	as	all	of	the	disclosures	that	were	previously	included	in	IAS	31	and	IAS	
28.	These	disclosures	relate	to	an	entity’s	interests	in	subsidiaries,	joint	arrangements,	associates	
and structured entities. This standard becomes effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 
January	2013	and	will	not	have	a	significant	impact	on	the	Group.

IFRS	13	Fair	Value	Measurement

IFRS	13	establishes	a	single	source	of	guidance	under	IFRS	for	all	fair	value	measurements.	IFRS	
13	does	not	change	when	an	entity	is	required	to	use	fair	value,	but	rather	provides	guidance	
on how to measure fair value under IFRS when fair value is required or permitted. The Group is 
currently	assessing	the	impact	that	this	standard	will	have	on	its	financial	position	and	performance.	
This	standard	becomes	effective	for	annual	periods	beginning	on	or	after	1	January	2013.

75

b)  Cost of sales

Cost of sales consists of the salary cost of temporary staff and costs incurred on behalf of 
clients, principally advertising costs.

c)  Gross profit

Gross	profit	represents	revenue	less	cost	of	sales	and	consists	of	the	total	placement	fees	of	
permanent candidates, the margin earned on the placement of temporary candidates and the 
margin on advertising income.

d)  Foreign currency translation

(i)	 Functional	and	presentation	currency

Items	included	in	the	financial	statements	of	each	of	the	Group’s	entities	are	measured	using	
the	currency	of	the	primary	economic	environment	in	which	the	entity	operates	(“the	functional	
currency”).	The	consolidated	financial	statements	are	presented	in	sterling,	which	is	the	
Company’s functional and presentation currency.

(ii)	 Transactions	and	balances

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the respective functional currency using 
the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and 
losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year 
end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are 
recognised in the income statement.

(iii)	Group	companies

The	results	and	financial	position	of	all	the	Group	entities	(none	of	which	has	the	currency	of	
a	hyperinflationary	economy)	that	have	a	functional	currency	different	from	the	presentation	
currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows:

•	

•	

	assets	and	liabilities	for	each	balance	sheet	presented	are	translated	at	the	closing	rate	at	
the date of that balance sheet;

	income	and	expenses	for	each	income	statement	are	translated	at	average	exchange	 
rates; and

•	 all	resulting	exchange	differences	are	recognised	as	a	separate	component	of	equity.

e)  Intangible assets

(i)	 Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s 
share	of	the	net	identifiable	assets	of	the	acquired	subsidiary	at	the	date	of	acquisition.	Goodwill	
on the acquisition of subsidiaries is included in intangible assets.

Goodwill is stated at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is allocated to 
cash-generating	units	and	is	not	amortised,	but	is	tested	at	least	annually	for	impairment	(see	
accounting	policy	h).	Gains	and	losses	on	the	disposal	of	an	entity	include	the	carrying	amount	
of goodwill relating to the entity sold.

(ii)	 Computer	software

Computer software acquired by the Group is stated at cost less accumulated amortisation  
(see	below).

(iii)	Software	under	construction	

Software under construction relates to cost capitalised in relation to the development of a 
new	IT	platform.	Costs	are	capitalised	when	they	fulfil	the	criteria	in	IAS	38	regarding	internally	
developed intangible assets. 

Amortisation of the asset will begin when development is complete and the asset is available 
for	use.	Amortisation	will	be	expensed	over	the	period	of	expected	future	benefit.	Whilst	still	
under construction, the asset is tested for impairment annually. The Group has performed the 
impairment	test	on	the	carrying	amount	of	software	under	construction	at	31	October	2011	
and	noted	no	impairment	being	necessary	at	31	December	2011.

(iv)	Trademark

Acquired	trademarks	are	stated	at	cost	and	are	written	down	over	five	years	on	a	straight	line	
basis, which represents the estimated useful life of the intangible.

(v)	 Amortisation

Amortisation is charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the estimated 
useful	lives	of	intangible	assets	unless	such	lives	are	indefinite.	Goodwill	has	an	indefinite	useful	
life.	Computer	software	is	amortised	at	20%	per	annum.	The	cumulative	amount	of	goodwill	
written	off	directly	to	retained	earnings	in	respect	of	acquisitions	prior	to	31	December	1997	is	
£311.7m	(2010:	£311.7m).

i

i

F
N
A
N
C
A
l
S
T
A
T
e
M
e
N
T
S

76

 
f)  Property, plant and equipment 

i)  Taxation

Property, plant and equipment are stated at original cost less accumulated depreciation. 
Depreciation is calculated to write off the cost less estimated residual value of each asset evenly 
over its expected useful life at the following rates:

•	 Leasehold	improvements	

10%	per	annum	or	period	of	lease	if	shorter

•	 Furniture,	fixtures	and	equipment	

10-20%	per	annum

•	 Motor	vehicles	

25%	per	annum

g)  Investments

Fixed asset investments are stated at cost less provision for impairment.

h)  Impairment of assets

Assets	that	have	an	indefinite	useful	life	are	not	subject	to	amortisation	and	are	tested	annually	for	
impairment. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount 
exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less 
costs to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the 
lowest	levels	for	which	there	are	separately	identifiable	cash	flows	(cash-generating	units).

A	financial	asset	is	assessed	at	each	reporting	date	to	determine	whether	there	is	any	objective	
evidence that it is impaired. 

A	financial	asset	is	considered	to	be	impaired	if	objective	evidence	indicates	that	one	or	more	
events has had a negative effect on the estimated future cash flows of that asset. For certain 
categories	of	financial	asset,	such	as	trade	receivables,	assets	that	are	assessed	not	to	be	 
impaired individually are subsequently assessed for impairment on a collective basis. Objective 
evidence of impairment for a portfolio of receivables could include the Group’s past experience  
of collecting payments, an increase in the number of delayed payments in the portfolio, as well  
as observable changes in national or local economic conditions that correlate with default  
on receivables.

The	carrying	amount	of	the	financial	asset	is	reduced	by	the	impairment	loss	directly	for	all	financial	
assets with the exception of trade receivables, where the carrying amount is reduced through 
the use of an allowance account. When a trade receivable is considered uncollectible, it is written 
off against the allowance account. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are 
credited against the allowance account. Changes in the carrying amount of the allowance account 
are recognised in the income statement.

Income tax expense represents the sum of the corporation tax and deferred tax charges.

The	tax	currently	payable	is	based	on	taxable	profit	for	the	year.	Taxable	profit	differs	from	profit	as	
reported in the income statement because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable 
or deductible in other years and it further excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. The 
Group’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively 
enacted by the balance sheet date.

Deferred tax is recognised on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in 
the	financial	statements	and	the	corresponding	tax	bases	used	in	the	computation	of	taxable	profit,	
and is accounted for using the balance sheet liability method. 

Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred 
tax	assets	are	recognised	to	the	extent	that	it	is	probable	that	taxable	profits	will	be	available	
against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. Such assets and liabilities are not 
recognised	if	the	temporary	difference	arises	from	goodwill	or	from	the	initial	recognition	(other	than	
in	a	business	combination)	of	other	assets	and	liabilities	in	a	transaction	that	affects	neither	the	
taxable	profit	nor	the	accounting	profit.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary differences arising on investments in 
subsidiaries, except where the Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and 
it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. The carrying 
amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent 
that	it	is	no	longer	probable	that	sufficient	taxable	profits	will	be	available	to	allow	all	or	part	of	the	
asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the liability 
is settled or the asset realised. 

Deferred tax is charged or credited to the income statement, except when it relates to items 
charged or credited directly to equity, in which case the deferred tax is also dealt with in equity.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current 
tax assets against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same 
taxation authority and the Group intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

j)  Pension costs

The	Group	operates	defined	contribution	pension	schemes.	The	assets	of	the	schemes	are	held	
separately from those of the Group in independently administered funds. The pension costs 
charged to the income statement represent the contributions payable by the Group to the funds 
during each period.

77

	
	
	
k)  Leased assets

(ii)	 Deferred	Annual	Bonus	and	Long	Term	Incentive	Plans

Where deferred awards are made to Directors and senior executives under either the Incentive 
Share Plan or the Annual Bonus Scheme, to reflect that the awards are for services over 
a longer period, the value of the expected award is charged to the income statement on a 
straight-line basis over the vesting period to which the award relates.

o)  Repurchase of share capital

When share capital recognised as equity is repurchased, the amount of the consideration paid, 
including any directly attributable costs, is recognised as a change in equity.

p)  Provisions

A provision is recognised in the balance sheet when the Group has a present legal or 
constructive obligation as a result of a past event, and it is probable that an outflow of 
economic	benefits	will	be	required	to	settle	the	obligation.	Provisions	are	measured	at	the	
Directors’ best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the obligation at the balance sheet 
date, and are discounted to present value where the effect is material.

q)  Borrowing costs

Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of an asset 
that necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use or sale 
are capitalised as part of the cost of the asset. All other borrowing costs are expensed in the 
period they occur. Borrowing costs consist of interest and other costs that an entity incurs in 
connection with the borrowing of funds. The company currently has no assets that qualify for 
borrowing cost capitalisation.

Leases	are	classified	as	finance	leases	whenever	the	terms	of	the	lease	transfer	substantially	
all	the	risks	and	rewards	of	ownership	to	the	lessee.	All	other	leases	are	classified	as	 
operating leases.

Assets	held	under	finance	leases	are	recognised	as	assets	of	the	Group	at	their	fair	value	at	
the inception of the lease or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum lease payments. 
The	corresponding	liability	to	the	lessor	is	included	in	the	balance	sheet	as	a	finance	lease	
obligation.	Lease	payments	are	apportioned	between	finance	charges	and	reduction	of	the	
lease obligation so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the 
liability. Finance charges are charged to the income statement.

Rentals under operating leases are charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis 
over	the	term	of	the	lease.	Benefits	received	and	receivable	as	an	incentive	to	enter	into	an	
operating lease are also spread on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

l)  Segment reporting

IFRS	8	requires	operating	segments	to	be	identified	on	the	basis	of	internal	reports	about	
components of the Group that are regularly reviewed by the Chief Executive to allocate 
resources to the segments and to assess their performance. Information provided to the Chief 
Executive is focused on regions and as a result, reportable segments are on a regional basis.

m)  Dividend distribution

Dividend distribution to the Company’s shareholders is recognised as a liability in the Group’s 
financial	statements	in	the	period	in	which	the	dividends	are	approved	by	(for	final	dividends)	or	
paid	to	(for	interim	dividends)	the	Company’s	shareholders.

n)	 Share-based	compensation

The Group operates a number of equity-settled, share-based compensation plans. Their 
accounting treatments are described below:

(i)	 Share	option	schemes

The fair value of the employee services received in exchange for the grant of the options is 
recognised as an expense in the income statement with a corresponding adjustment to equity. 
The total amount to be expensed over the vesting period is determined by reference to the 
fair value of the options granted, excluding the impact of any non-market vesting conditions 
(for	example,	earnings	per	share).	Non-market	vesting	conditions	are	included	in	assumptions	
about the number of options that are expected to become exercisable. At each balance sheet 
date, the estimate of the number of options that are expected to become exercisable is revised. 
The Group recognises the impact of the revision of original estimates, if any, in the income 
statement, and the corresponding adjustment to equity over the remaining vesting period.

i

i

F
N
A
N
C
A
l
S
T
A
T
e
M
e
N
T
S

78

 
r)  Financial assets and liabilities

•	 Note	14	–	trade	and	other	receivables	

Financial assets and liabilities are recognised in the Group’s balance sheet when the Group 
becomes	a	party	to	the	contractual	provisions	of	the	instrument.	Non-derivative	financial	
instruments comprise trade and other receivables, cash and cash equivalents, loans and 
borrowings and trade and other payables.

There is uncertainty regarding customers who may not be able to pay as their invoices fall due. 
In reviewing the appropriateness of the provisions in respect of recoverability of trade receivables, 
consideration has been given to the economic climate in the respective markets, the ageing of the 
debt and the potential likelihood of default.

•	 Note	17	–	deferred	tax

Management has estimated the likely value of deferred tax assets in respect of trading losses 
carried forward.

•	 Note	18	–	share-based	payments

The	Group’s	policy	for	share-based	payments	is	stated	in	note	1	(n).	The	fair	value	of	equity	
settled share-based payments is partly derived from estimates of factors such as lapse rates and 
achievement of performance criteria. It is also derived from assumptions such as the future volatility 
of the Company’s share price, expected dividend yields and risk-free interest rates.

t)	Non-recurring	items

Non-recurring	items	are	those	items	the	Group	considers	to	be	one-off	or	material	in	nature	that	
should	be	brought	to	the	reader’s	attention	in	understanding	the	Group’s	financial	performance.	

Trade	receivables	and	other	receivables	that	have	fixed	or	determinable	payments	that	are	not	
quoted	in	an	active	market	are	classified	as	loans	and	receivables.	Loans	and	receivables	are	
measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment. Interest 
income is recognised by applying the effective interest rate, except for short-term receivables when 
the recognition of interest would be immaterial.

Cash and cash equivalents includes cash-in-hand, deposits held at call with banks, and other 
short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less. Bank overdrafts 
that are repayable on demand and form an integral part of the Group’s cash management are 
included as a component of cash and cash equivalents for the purpose of the statement of  
cash flows.

Trade	and	other	payables	are	stated	at	cost.	Other	financial	liabilities,	including	borrowings,	are	
initially measured at fair value, net of transaction costs.

The Group has derivative contracts at the balance sheet date that have been valued at fair value 
through the income statement.

s)  Critical accounting estimates and judgements

The	preparation	of	financial	statements	in	conformity	with	IFRS	requires	the	use	of	certain	critical	
accounting estimates and judgements. It also requires management to exercise judgement in the 
process of applying the Company’s accounting policies.

Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and 
other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under  
the circumstances.

In	particular,	information	about	significant	areas	of	estimation	uncertainty	and	critical	judgements	in	
applying	accounting	policies	that	have	the	most	significant	effect	on	the	amount	recognised	in	the	
financial	statements	are	described	in	the	following	notes:

•	 Note	1	–	revenue	recognition

In making its judgement, management considered the detailed criteria for the recognition of revenue 
from permanent placements where a position has been accepted by a candidate, a start date 
agreed, but employment has not yet commenced. A provision is made by management, based on 
past historical experience, for the proportion of those placements where the candidate is expected 
to reverse their acceptance prior to the start date.

79

2. Segment reporting

All revenues disclosed are derived from external customers.

The	accounting	policies	of	the	reportable	segments	are	the	same	as	the	Group’s	accounting	policies	described	in	note	1.	Segment	operating	profit	represents	the	profit	earned	by	each	segment	
including allocation of central administration cost. This is the measure reported to the Group’s Chief Executive, the chief operating decision maker, for the purpose of resource allocation and 
assessment of segment performance.

(a) Revenue, gross profit and operating profit by reportable segment

        Revenue

       Gross Profit

                               Operating Profit

EMEA

United Kingdom

Asia Pacific

Australia and New Zealand

Asia

Total

Americas

Non-recurring items (NRI)

Revenue/gross profit/operating profit

Interest income

Revenue/gross profit/profit before tax

2011 
£’000

421,240

324,863

106,196

59,862

166,058

106,926

1,019,087

–

1,019,087

–

1,019,087

2010 
£’000

332,202

302,567

81,676

38,630

120,306

77,221

832,296

–

832,296

–

832,296

2011 
£’000

239,581

129,991

50,172

53,179

103,351

80,858

553,781

–

553,781

–

553,781

2010 
£’000

188,706

124,858

37,645

34,569

72,214

56,429

442,207

–

442,207

–

442,207

2011 
£’000

31,676

18,317

11,453

14,702

26,155

9,887

86,035

–

86,035

112

86,147

2010 
£’000

22,272

19,630

9,754

12,562

22,316

7,309

71,527

17,125

88,652

12,004

100,656

The above analysis by destination is not materially different to the analysis by origin.

Non-recurring	items	(NRI)	in	the	prior	year	comparative	relate	wholly	to	the	United	Kingdom.

The analysis below is of the carrying amount of reportable segment assets, liabilities and non-current assets. Segment assets and liabilities include items directly attributable to a segment as well as 
those that can be allocated on a reasonable basis.

The	individual	reportable	segments	exclude	income	tax	assets	and	liabilities.	Non-current	assets	include	property,	plant	and	equipment,	computer	software,	goodwill	and	other	intangibles.

i

i

F
N
A
N
C
A
l
S
T
A
T
e
M
e
N
T
S

80

 
           
             
(b)	Segment	assets,	liabilities	and	non-current	assets	by	reportable	segment

EMEA

United Kingdom

Asia Pacific

Americas

Segment assets/liabilities

Income tax

EMEA

United Kingdom

Asia Pacific

Americas

Australia and New Zealand

Asia

Total

Australia and New Zealand

Asia

Total

                             Total Assets

                              Total liabilities

2011
£’000
131,772

106,455

28,323

37,299

65,622

40,940

344,789

3,980

348,769

2010
£’000
136,159

96,563

28,292

24,471

52,763

33,037

318,522

2,810

321,332

Property, Plant and equipment
2010
£’000
10,104

2011
£’000
10,396

9,680

1,594

2,648

4,242

8,892

33,210

9,090

2,104

996

3,100

6,232

28,526

2011
£’000
71,687

51,100

11,855

9,411

21,266

12,527

156,580

11,591

168,171

                              intangible Assets

2011
£’000
669

38,187

168

105

273

615

39,744

2010
£’000
60,744

41,359

10,410

5,352

15,762

9,450

127,315

16,583

143,898

2010
£’000
776

25,810

148

369

517

471

27,574

The	analyses	below	in	notes	(c)	revenue	and	gross	profit	by	discipline	(being	the	professions	of	candidates	placed)	and	(d)	revenue	and	gross	profit	generated	from	permanent	and	temporary	placements	
have	been	included	as	additional	disclosure	over	and	above	the	requirements	of	IFRS	8	“Operating	Segments”.	

81

(c) Revenue and gross profit by discipline

Finance and Accounting

Legal, Technology, HR, Secretarial and Other

Engineering, Property & Construction, Procurement & Supply Chain

Marketing, Sales and Retail

(d) Revenue and gross profit generated from permanent and temporary placements

Permanent

Temporary

                   Revenue

                 Gross Profit

2011  
£’000

521,380

205,184

164,656

127,867

1,019,087

2010 
£’000

450,573

156,993

113,069

111,661

832,296

2011  
£’000

248,028

105,575

101,291

98,887

553,781

                   Revenue

                   Gross Profit

2011  
£’000

453,105

565,982

1,019,087

2010  
£’000

355,979

476,317

832,296

2011  
£’000

438,382

115,399

553,781

2010 
£’000

209,176

81,597

68,600

82,834

442,207

2010  
£’000

343,787

98,420

442,207

i

i

F
N
A
N
C
A
l
S
T
A
T
e
M
e
N
T
S

82

 
3. Profit for the year

Profit for the year is stated after charging/(crediting):

Employment costs (Note 4)

Net exchange losses

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment – owned

Amortisation of intangibles

Impairment of trade receivables

(Profit)/loss on sale of property, plant and equipment and computer software

Fees payable to the company’s auditor for the audit of the company’s annual accounts

Fees payable to the company’s auditor and their associates for other services to the group:

                                                                  –  The audit of the company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation

Total audit fees

                                                                  – Other services pursuant to legislation

                                                                  – Tax services

                                                                  – Other services

Total non-audit fees

Total fees

Operating lease rentals                                – land and buildings

                                                                  – plant and machinery

4. Employee information

2011  
£’000

328,502

107

10,524

1,133

8,148

(22)

54

351

405

20

240

10

270

675

28,126

4,647

2010  
£’000

255,435

307

9,310

1,269

6,370

151

67

463

530

23

195

66

284

814

25,226

4,832

The	average	number	of	employees	(including	Executive	Directors)	during	the	year	and	total	number	of	employees	(including	Executive	Directors)	at	31	December	2011	were	as	follows:

Management

Client services

Administration

2011 Average No.

2010 Average No.

2011 No.

2010 No.

216

3,456

1,388

5,060

175

2,652

1,108

3,935

227

3,570

1,489

5,286

184

3,089

1,225

4,498

83

Employment	costs	(including	Directors’	emoluments)	comprised:

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Pension costs – defined contribution plans

Share-based payments and deferred cash plan

2011  
£’000

268,177

35,272

11,767

13,286

328,502

2010  
£’000

203,653

29,858

9,496

12,428

255,435

Details	of	Directors’	remuneration	for	the	year	are	provided	in	the	Directors’	Remuneration	Report	on	pages	54	to	63.

No	staff	are	employed	by	the	parent	company	(2010:	none)	hence	no	remuneration	has	been	disclosed.	Remuneration	for	Directors	for	their	services	on	behalf	of	the	parent	company	are	included	in	
the	Director’s	Remuneration	Report	on	pages	54	to	63.

5. non-Recurring Items (nRI) – vAT

In	2003,	Michael	Page	submitted	an	initial	claim	to	Her	Majesty’s	Revenue	and	Customs	(HMRC)	for	overpaid	VAT	which	was	rejected.	Michael	Page	appealed	and	subsequently	filed	amended	claims	
for	£26.5m,	net	of	fees,	covering	the	period	from	1980	to	2004.	In	March	2009,	Michael	Page	filed	amended	claims	for	a	further	refund	of	an	additional	£80m,	net	of	fees,	of	overpaid	VAT	covering	the	
same period.

In	June	2009,	Michael	Page	received	a	payment	from	HMRC	of	£26.5m,	net	of	fees,	as	part	settlement	of	these	claims	and	in	July	2009	received	£10.5m,	net	of	fees,	of	statutory	interest.	As	a	result,	
the	principal	and	interest	amounts	were	recognised	in	the	June	2009	half	year	results.

On	25	September	2009,	Michael	Page	received	a	letter	from	HMRC	which	stated	that,	‘HMRC	have	reviewed	the	recent	payment	and	are	now	of	the	view	that	the	claim	in	whole	or	in	part	should	not	
have been paid’. 

A	number	of	discussions	and	meetings	with	HMRC	then	took	place	and	on	5	March	2010,	Michael	Page	International	plc	(MPI)	announced	that	an	agreement	had	been	reached	in	principle,	subject	
to	legal	contract,	between	MPI	and	HMRC	in	respect	of	the	initial	claim	for	a	refund	of	overpaid	VAT	plus	statutory	interest	to	retain	£28.4m	(net	of	fees)	of	the	£37.4m	it	received.	However,	given	the	
background	to	the	initial	receipt	and	the	subsequent	review	and	reversal	of	its	decision	by	HMRC,	the	Group	reversed	out	the	balances	originally	recognised	in	the	2009	half	year	results	and	as	such	
did	not	recognise	any	amount	in	the	Income	Statement	at	the	2009	full	year,	due	to	the	remaining	uncertainty	pending	formal	contractual	agreement.

On	30	April	2010,	a	formal	agreement	was	signed	with	HMRC.	As	a	result,	of	the	£50m	originally	received	from	HMRC,	MPI	retained	£38m	and	returned	£11.9m	in	May	2010.	Accordingly,	after	fees,	
MPI	recognised	£28.4m	as	non-recurring	income	in	the	prior	year	2010	Income	Statement.	Taxation	of	£8.0m	on	non-recurring	items,	net	of	expenses,	was	also	provided	in	2010,	representing	an	
effective	tax	rate	of	28.0%.

During the year, we had correspondence and discussions with HMRC concerning the amended claims for a further refund of VAT and related interest, but the eventual outcome still remains uncertain.

i

i

F
N
A
N
C
A
l
S
T
A
T
e
M
e
N
T
S

84

 
A	summary	of	the	effects	of	the	non-recurring	item	(NRI)	in	the	prior	year	is	shown	in	the	tables	below:

effect on profit after tax

Operating profit

Net interest

Profit before tax

Taxation

Profit after tax

There	is	no	effect	on	profit	after	tax	in	the	current	year.

effect on cash flows

Decrease in VAT related receivables

Decrease in VAT related payables

Non-recurring income recognised in the profit and loss account

Net effect on cash flows

Non-recurring	items	had	no	effect	on	the	balance	sheet	in	either	2011	or	2010.

6. financial income/(expenses)

Financial income
Bank interest receivable

Interest on non-recurring items (note 5)

Financial expenses
Bank interest payable

underlying 2010  
£’000

71,527

669

72,196

(25,203)

46,993

NRi 2010  
£’000

17,125

11,335

28,460

(7,969)

20,491

Total 2011  
£’000

–

–

–

–

2011  
£’000

953

–

953

(841)

Total 2010  
£’000

88,652

12,004

100,656

(33,172)

67,484

Total 2010  
£’000

8,972

(49,990)

28,460

(12,558)

2010  
£’000

1,107

11,335

12,442

(438)

85

i

i

F
N
A
N
C
A
l
S
T
A
T
e
M
e
N
T
S

7. Taxation on profits on ordinary activities

The	charge	for	taxation	is	based	on	the	effective	annual	tax	rate	of	34.0%	on	profit	before	tax	(2010:	33.0%).

Analysis of charge in the year

UK income tax at 26.5% (2010: 28%) for year

Adjustments in respect of prior year

Overseas income tax

Deferred tax expense

Adjustment in respect of prior period

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

Charge of tax losses recognised

Deferred tax expense

Total income tax expense in the income statement

Reconciliation of effective tax rate

Profit before taxation

Profit on ordinary activities before tax multiplied by the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK

Effects of:

Disallowable items and other permanent timing differences

Unrelieved overseas losses

Utilisation of losses not previously recognised

Recognition of overseas losses

Movement on deferred tax not recognised

Higher tax rates on overseas earnings

Movement of rate difference

Adjustment to tax charge in respect of prior periods

Tax expense and effective rate for the year

Tax recognised directly in equity

Relating to equity settled transactions

86

2011  
£’000

9,383

(1,840)

21,682

29,225

311

(393)

147

65

29,290

2010  
£’000

100,656

28,184

1,292

1,304

(4)

–

(1,385)

2,655

–

1,126

33,172

2011 
£’000

(5,774)

2010  
£’000

17,379

1,126

13,790

32,295

–

(1,184)

2,061

877

33,172

%

28.0

1.3

1.3

–

–

(1.4)

2.7

–

1.1

33.0%

2010  
£’000

280

2011  
£’000

86,147

22,829

3,336

1,312

(370)

(1,032)

–

4,526

218

(1,529)

29,290

%

26.5

3.9

1.5

(0.4)

(1.2)

–

5.2

0.3

(1.8)

34.0%

 
 
8. Current tax assets and liabilities

The	current	tax	asset	of	£4.0m	(2010:	£2.8m),	and	current	tax	liability	of	£11.6m	(2010:	£16.6m)	for	the	Group,	and	current	tax	asset	of	£nil	(2010:	£1.3m)	for	the	parent	company,	represent	the	amount	of	
income taxes recoverable and payable in respect of current and prior periods.

9. Dividends

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity holders in the year:

Final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2010 of 6.12p per ordinary share (2009: 5.12p)

Interim dividend for the year ended 31 December 2011 of 3.25p per ordinary share (2010: 2.88p)

Amounts proposed as distributions to equity holders:

Proposed final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2011 of 6.75p per ordinary share (2010: 6.12p)

2011  
£’000

18,739

9,772

28,511

20,458

2010  
£’000

16,066

8,813

24,879

18,755

The	proposed	final	dividend	had	not	been	approved	by	shareholders	at	31	December	2011	and	therefore	has	not	been	included	as	a	liability.	The	comparative	final	dividend	at	31	December	2010	was	also	
not recognised as a liability in the prior year.

The	proposed	final	dividend	of	6.75p	(2010:	6.12p)	per	ordinary	share	will	be	paid	on	6	June	2012	to	shareholders	on	the	register	at	the	close	of	business	on	4	May	2012,	subject	to	approval	by	shareholders.

When the Company pays a dividend to shareholders, there may be income tax consequences. The impact will depend upon the individual circumstances of the shareholder.

10. Earnings per ordinary share

The calculation of the basic and diluted earnings per share is based on the following data:

earnings

Earnings for basic and diluted earnings per share (£‘000)

Non-recurring items (NRI) (£’000) (note 5)

Earnings for basic and diluted earnings per share before NRI (£’000)

Number of shares

Weighted average number of shares used for basic earnings per share (‘000)

Dilution effect of share plans (‘000)

Diluted weighted average number of shares used for diluted earnings per share (‘000)

Basic earnings per share (pence)

Diluted earnings per share (pence)

Basic earnings per share before NRI (pence)

Diluted earnings per share before NRI (pence)

The above results relate to continuing operations.

2011

56,857

–

56,857

304,458

7,941

312,399

18.7

18.2

18.7

18.2

2010

67,484

(20,491)

46,993

311,821

7,653

319,474

21.6

21.1

15.1

14.7

87

Basic

Basic	earnings	per	share	is	calculated	by	dividing	the	profit	attributable	to	equity	holders	of	the	Company	by	the	weighted	average	number	of	ordinary	shares	in	issue	during	the	year,	excluding	
ordinary	shares	purchased	by	the	Employee	Benefit	Trust	and	held	in	the	reserve.

Diluted

Diluted earnings per share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding to assume conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares. This calculation 
determines	the	number	of	shares	that	could	have	been	acquired	at	fair	value	(determined	as	the	average	market	price	of	the	Company’s	shares)	based	on	the	monetary	value	of	the	subscription	rights	
attached to the outstanding share options. The number of shares calculated in the basic earnings per share is then adjusted to reflect the number of shares deemed to be issued for nil consideration 
as a result of the potential exercise of existing share options.

The remaining share options that are currently not dilutive and hence excluded from the dilutive earnings per share calculation remain potentially dilutive until they are either exercised or they lapse. 

11. Property, plant and equipment

Group

Cost
At 1 January

Additions

Disposals

Effect of movements in foreign exchange

At 31 December

Depreciation
At 1 January

Charge for the year

Disposals

Effect of movements in foreign exchange

At 31 December

Net book value
At 31 December

2011

leasehold 
improvements 
£’000

Furniture, fixtures 
and equipment 
£’000

Motor vehicles 
£’000

29,794

7,824

(1,723)

(737)

35,158

17,797

4,249

(1,727)

(278)

20,041

15,117

45,135

7,259

(1,137)

(842)

50,415

29,777

5,686

(1,084)

(452)

33,927

16,488

2,162

1,236

(753)

(60)

2,585

991

589

(576)

(24)

980

1,605

leasehold 
improvements 
£’000

2010
Furniture, fixtures 
and equipment 
£’000

Motor vehicles 
£’000

27,775

2,684

(974)

309

29,794

14,878

3,609

(675)

(15)

17,797

11,997

44,286

3,933

(3,893)

809

45,135

27,050

5,167

(2,932)

492

29,777

15,358

2,332

754

(953)

29

2,162

1,033

534

(700)

124

991

1,171

Total  
£’000

77,091

16,319

(3,613)

(1,639)

88,158

48,565

10,524

(3,387)

(754)

54,948

33,210

Total  
£’000

74,393

7,371

(5,820)

1,147

77,091

42,961

9,310

(4,307)

601

48,565

28,526

i

i

F
N
A
N
C
A
l
S
T
A
T
e
M
e
N
T
S

88

 
12. Intangible assets

Group

Cost
At 1 January

Additions

Disposals

Effect of movements in  
foreign exchange

At 31 December

Amortisation
At 1 January

Charge for the year

Disposals

Effect of movements in  
foreign exchange

At 31 December

Net book value
At 31 December

2011

Computer 
software 
£’000

Computer software, 
assets under  
construction 
£’000

Goodwill  
£’000

Trademark  
£’000

Total  
£’000

2010

Computer software, 
assets under 
construction 
£’000

Computer 
software 
£’000

Goodwill  
£’000

Total  
£’000

9,766

1,354

(99)

(176)

10,845

7,717

1,050

(110)

(116)

8,541

2,304

23,986

11,422

–

27

1,539

–

–

–

–

549

–

–

35,291

13,325

(99)

(149)

35,435

1,539

549

48,368

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

83

–

–

83

7,717

1,133

(110)

(116)

8,624

35,435

1,539

466

39,744

9,977

667

(1,036)

158

9,766

7,332

1,269

(1,005)

121

7,717

2,049

15,867

8,107

–

12

1,539

–

–

–

23,986

1,539

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

27,383

8,774

(1,036)

170

35,291

7,332

1,269

(1,005)

121

7,717

23,986

1,539

27,574

Impairment tests for goodwill

Goodwill	is	allocated	to	the	Group’s	cash-generating	units	(CGUs)	identified	according	to	the	country	of	operation.	A	summary	of	the	goodwill	allocation	is	presented	below:

UK

USA

Singapore

2011  
£’000

1,274

214

51

1,539

2010  
£’000

1,274

214

51

1,539

In	assessing	value	in	use,	the	estimated	future	cash	flows	are	calculated	by	preparing	cash	flow	forecasts	derived	from	the	most	recent	financial	budget,	management	projections	for	five	years,	followed	by	an	
assumed	growth	rate	of	3%,	which	does	not	exceed	the	long-term	average	growth	rate	of	the	relevant	markets	and	reflects	long-term	wage	inflation	fee	growth.	Management	applied	a	discount	rate	of	10%,	
representing the weighted average cost of capital for the Group,  to the estimated future cash flows to calculate the terminal value of those cash flows. If the recoverable amount of an asset is estimated to be 
less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the asset is reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognised as an expense.

The	Group	tests	goodwill	annually	for	impairment,	or	more	frequently	if	there	are	indications	that	goodwill	might	be	impaired.	It	is	the	opinion	of	the	Directors	that	at	31	December	2011	there	was	no	
impairment of intangible assets.

89

13. Investments

Company

Cost at 1 January 2011

Additions

Cost at 31 December

Subsidiary undertakings 
(as restated note 1)  
£’000

462,947

15,844

478,791

The	additions	in	the	year	represent	investment	in	Michael	Page	International	Inc	and	a	credit	to	the	share	schemes	for	subsidiaries	employees.	The	Company’s	principal	subsidiary	undertakings	at	31	
December	2011,	their	principal	activities	and	countries	of	incorporation	are	set	out	below:

Name of undertaking 

Country of incorporation 

Michael Page Recruitment Group Limited 
Michael Page Holdings Limited 
Michael Page International Holdings Limited 
Michael Page International Recruitment Limited* 
Michael Page International Southern Europe Limited* 
Michael Page UK Limited 
Michael Page Limited 
Page Personnel (UK) Limited 
Michael Page International GmbH 
Michael Page International (Belgium) NV/SA 
Page Interim (Belgium) NV/SA 
Michael Page International (France) SAS 
Michael Page Financial Services SAS 
Page Personnel SAS 
Michael Page International (Deutschland) GmbH 
Page Interim (Deutschland) GmbH 
Michael Page International (Ireland) Limited 
Michael Page International Italia Srl 
Page Personnel Italia SpA 
Michael Page International (Maroc) SARL AU 
Michael Page International (Nederland) BV 
Page Interim BV 
Michael Page International (Poland) Sp.z.o.o 
Michael Page International Empressa de Trabalho Temporário e Serviços de Consultadoria Lda 
Michael Page International Qatar 
Michael Page International RU LLC 
Michael Page International (SA) (Pty) Limited 
Michael Page International (España) SA 
Michael Page Holding (España) SL 
Page Personnel Seleccion España SA 
Michael Page International (Sweden) AB 
Michael Page International (Switzerland) SA 

United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
United Kingdom 
Austria 
Belgium 
Belgium 
France 
France 
France 
Germany 
Germany 
Ireland 
Italy 
Italy 
Morocco 
Netherlands 
Netherlands 
Poland 
Portugal 
Qatar 
Russia 
South Africa 
Spain 
Spain 
Spain 
Sweden 
Switzerland 

Principal activity

Holding company
Support services
Holding company
Recruitment consultancy
Holding company
Recruitment consultancy
Recruitment consultancy
Recruitment consultancy
Recruitment consultancy
Recruitment consultancy
Recruitment consultancy
Recruitment consultancy
Support services
Recruitment consultancy
Recruitment consultancy
Recruitment consultancy
Recruitment consultancy
Recruitment consultancy
Recruitment consultancy
Recruitment consultancy
Recruitment consultancy
Recruitment consultancy
Recruitment consultancy
Recruitment consultancy
Recruitment consultancy
Recruitment consultancy
Recruitment consultancy
Recruitment consultancy
Holding company
Recruitment consultancy
Recruitment consultancy
Recruitment consultancy

i

i

F
N
A
N
C
A
l
S
T
A
T
e
M
e
N
T
S

90

 
Name of undertaking 

Michael Page International NEM Istihdam Danismanligi Limited Sirketi 
Michael Page International (UAE) Limited 
Michael Page International (Australia) Pty Limited 
Michael Page International (Hong Kong) Limited 
Michael Page (Beijing) Recruitment Co. Ltd 
Michael Page (Shanghai) Recruitment Co. Ltd 
Michael Page International (Shanghai) Consulting Ltd 
Michael Page International Recruitment Pvt Ltd 
Michael Page International (Japan) K.K. 
Michael Page International (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd 
Michael Page International (New Zealand) Limited. 
Michael Page International Pte Limited* 
Michael Page International Argentina SA 
Michael Page International (Brasil) SC Ltd 
Page Personnel Recruit. Especializ. E Servs. Corpor. Ltda 
Michael Page International Canada Limited 
Michael Page International Chile Ltda 
Michael Page International Mexico Reclutamiento Especializado, S.A. de C.V. 
Michael Page International Inc* 

Country of incorporation 

Turkey 
United Arab Emirates 
Australia 
Hong Kong 
China 
China 
China 
India 
Japan 
Malaysia 
New Zealand 
Singapore 
Argentina 
Brazil 
Brazil 
Canada 
Chile 
Mexico 
United States 

Principal activity

Recruitment consultancy
Recruitment consultancy
Recruitment consultancy
Recruitment consultancy
Recruitment consultancy 
Recruitment consultancy
Recruitment consultancy
Recruitment consultancy
Recruitment consultancy
Recruitment consultancy
Recruitment consultancy
Recruitment consultancy
Recruitment consultancy
Recruitment consultancy
Recruitment consultancy
Recruitment consultancy
Recruitment consultancy
Recruitment consultancy
Recruitment consultancy

*The equity of these subsidiary undertakings is held directly by Michael Page International plc. All companies have been included in the consolidation and operate principally in their country of incorporation.

The	percentage	of	the	issued	share	capital	held	is	equivalent	to	the	percentage	of	voting	rights	held.	The	Group	holds	100%	of	all	classes	of	issued	share	capital.	The	share	capital	of	all	the	subsidiary	
undertakings comprise ordinary shares.

14. Trade and other receivables

Current

Trade receivables

Less provision for impairment of receivables

Net trade receivables

Amounts due from Group companies

Other receivables

Prepayments and accrued income

Non-current

Prepayments

          Group

          Company

2011  
£’000

164,072

(7,093)

156,979

–

4,566

34,910

196,455

2010  
£’000

141,120

(6,397)

134,723

–

5,035

28,547

168,305

2011  
£’000

–

–

–

(as restated: note 1) 
2010  
£’000

–

–

–

485,862

470,935

–

9

–

6

485,871

470,941

2,612

1,145

–

–

All	non-current	receivables	are	due	within	five	years	from	the	balance	sheet	date.

The	Group’s	exposure	to	credit	and	currency	risks	and	impairment	losses	related	to	trade	and	other	receivables	is	disclosed	in	Note	22.

91

i

i

F
N
A
N
C
A
l
S
T
A
T
e
M
e
N
T
S

15. Trade and other payables

Current

Trade payables

Amounts owed to Group companies

Other tax and social security

Other payables

Accruals

Deferred income

Non-current

Deferred income

Other tax and social security

          Group

2011  
£’000

8,664

–

44,415

22,612

71,115

607

147,413

2,515

170

2,685

2010  
£’000

9,091

–

33,900

20,340

58,248

1,216

122,795

1,830

2,326

4,156

          Company

2011  
£’000

–

564,162

–

–

11

–

2010  
£’000

–

510,819

–

–

11

–

564,173

510,830

–

–

–

–

–

–

The	fair	values	of	trade	and	other	payables	are	not	materially	different	to	those	disclosed	above.	There	is	no	material	effect	on	pre-tax	profit	if	the	instruments	are	accounted	for	at	fair	value	or	
amortised cost.

The	total	liability	relating	to	other	tax	and	social	security	includes	a	balance	of	£2.2m	(2010:	£3.9m)	relating	to	social	charges	on	share	based	payments.

The	Group’s	exposure	to	currency	and	liquidity	risk	related	to	trade	and	other	payables	is	disclosed	in	Note	22.

16. Bank overdrafts

Bank overdrafts

The carrying amounts of the Group’s borrowings are denominated in sterling.

Bank overdrafts are repayable on demand. 

              Group
2011  
£’000

6,249

2010  
£’000

–

               Company

2011  
£’000

–

2010  
£’000

–

At	31	December	2011,	the	Group	had	available	£37.5m	(2010:	£50.0m)	of	undrawn	committed	borrowing	facilities	in	respect	of	which	all	conditions	precedent	had	been	met.	The	Group	has	a	£50m	
committed	facility,	under	which	£6.2m	was	drawn	in	2011.

The	Group’s	exposure	to	interest	rate,	foreign	currency	and	liquidity	risk	for	financial	assets	and	liabilities	is	disclosed	in	Note	22.

92

 
17. Deferred tax

The	following	are	the	major	deferred	tax	(assets)/liabilities	recognised	by	the	Group,	and	the	movements	thereon,	during	the	current	and	prior	reporting	periods.

At 1 January 2010

Recognised in equity for the year

Recognised in profit or loss for the year

Exchange differences

At 1 January 2011

Recognised in equity for the year

Recognised in profit or loss for the year

Reserve

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2011

Share-based payments 
£’000

(4,438)

(3,698)

1,184

–

(6,952)

3,322

392

467

–

Tax losses  
£’000

(2,977)

–

2,060

–

(917)

–

(623)

–

4

Other  
£’000

(2,437)

–

(2,367)

596

(4,208)

–

267

–

130

Total  
£’000

(9,852)

(3,698)

877

596

(12,077)

3,322

36

467

134

(2,771)

(1,536)

(3,811)

(8,118)

Certain	deferred	tax	assets	and	liabilities	have	been	offset	in	accordance	with	the	Group’s	accounting	policy.	The	following	is	the	analysis	of	the	deferred	tax	balances	(after	offset)	for	balance	sheet	purposes:

Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities

2011  
£’000

(8,351)

233

(8,118)

2010  
£’000

(12,441)

364

(12,077)

At	31	December	2011,	unremitted	earnings	of	overseas	Group	companies	amounted	to	£80.7m	(2010:	£60.9m).	Unremitted	earnings	may	be	liable	to	some	overseas	tax,	but	should	not	be	liable	to	UK	tax	
if they were to be distributed as dividends.

Certain	of	the	Group’s	overseas	operations	have	current	and	prior	year	tax	losses,	the	future	utilisation	of	which	is	uncertain.	Accordingly	the	Group	has	not	recognised	a	deferred	tax	asset	of	£20.7m	(2010:	
£8.2m)	in	respect	of	tax	losses	of	overseas	companies.	These	tax	losses	are	available	to	offset	future	taxable	profits	in	the	respective	jurisdictions.

All	of	the	deferred	tax	asset	for	losses	of	£1.5m	is	dependent	on	generating	future	taxable	profits.	Of	the	recognised	deferred	tax	asset,	£0.4m	is	recognised	within	territories	that	were	loss	making	in	the	
current year.

93

i

i

F
N
A
N
C
A
l
S
T
A
T
e
M
e
N
T
S

18. Called-up share capital

Authorised

Ordinary shares of 1p each

Allotted, called-up and fully paid

At 1 January

Shares issued

Cancellation of own shares

At 31 December

Share Option Plans

         2011

         2010

£’000

Number of shares

£’000

Number of shares

5,713

571,250,000

5,713

571,250,000

3,216

8

(57)

3,167

321,590,147

789,336

(5,701,068)

316,678,415

3,234

19

(37)

3,216

323,424,875

1,874,930

(3,709,658)

321,590,147

The	Group	currently	has	share	option	awards	outstanding	under	an	Executive	share	option	scheme	(ESOS)	and	a	share	option	scheme	(SOS).	These	plans	are	described	below.

At	31	December	2011	the	following	options	had	been	granted	and	remained	outstanding	in	respect	of	the	Company’s	ordinary	shares	of	1p	under	both	the	Michael	Page	Executive	Share	Option	
Scheme and the Share Option Scheme. All options granted are settled by the physical delivery of shares. The Group has no legal or constructive obligation to repurchase or settle the options in cash.

Year of grant

2001 (Note 1)

2002 (Note 2)*

2002 (Note 2)*

2003 (Note 2)*

2004 (Note 2)*

2005 (Note 2)*

2006 (Note 2)*

2008 (Note 2)

2009 (Note 3)

2010 (Note 2)

2011 (Note 3)

Total 2011

Weighted average exercise 
price 2011 (£)

Total 2010

Weighted average exercise 
price 2010 (£)

*These options have fully vested

Balance at  
1 January 2011

1,071,922

66,300

68,000

135,300

283,000

654,619

631,500

2,380,581

6,450,911

11,354,583

–

23,096,716

2.98

Granted in year

exercised in year

lapsed in year

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

4,127,000

4,127,000

4.91

(254,754)

(31,300)

(33,200)

(20,000)

(61,500)

(248,000)

(123,915)

(817,168)

(5,000)

(5,000)

–

–

–

–

–

(1,949,581)

(70,972)

(16,667)

–

(860,308)

2.02

(310,772)

(296,333)

(74,722)

(3,458,576)

16,617,218

11,467,500

(1,874,930)

(3,113,072)

23,096,716

2.46

2.15

3.82

3.91

2.98

2.80

3.39

No. of options 
outstanding at 31 
December 2011

–

30,000

29,800

115,300

221,500

406,619

507,585

431,000

6,069,167

11,041,583

4,052,278

22,904,832

Base ePS

exercise price per share

exercise period

n/a

10.6

5.8

5.8

4.1

7.5

15.5

30.4

n/a

6.6

n/a

175p

186p

186p

81.5p-86.1p

171p-190.3p

190.75p-191.5p

309.9p

255.94-285p

187.5-211.84p

381.5-383.0p

491.0-492.9p

March 2004 – March 2011

March 2005 – March 2012

March 2006 – March 2012

April 2006 – April 2013

March 2007 – March 2014

March 2008 – March 2015

March 2009 – March 2016

March 2011 – March 2018

March 2012 – March 2019

March 2013 – March 2020

March 2014 – March 2021

1,313,304	options	were	exercisable	at	the	end	of	2011	at	a	weighted	average	exercise	price	of	£2.24	(2010:	£2.14).	The	weighted	average	share	price	at	the	date	of	exercise	was	£4.78.

94

 
Executive Share Option Scheme (ESOS)

Using the ESOS, awards of share options can be made to key management personnel and senior 
employees to receive shares in the entity. Share options are exercisable at the market price of the 
shares at the date of the grant.

Two	grants	under	the	ESOS	were	made	before	7	November	2002.	The	recognition	and	
measurement	principles	in	IFRS	2	have	been	applied	to	all	grants	after	7	November	2002.	They	
have	not	been	applied	to	the	two	grants	made	prior	to	7	November	2002	in	accordance	with	the	
transitional	provisions	in	IFRS	1	“First-time	Adoption	of	International	Financial	Reporting	Standards”	
and	IFRS	2	“Share-based	Payment”.

No	awards	were	made	under	the	ESOS	scheme	in	2009	or	2011.

ESOS plan details

Note 1 Pre flotation options

On	flotation,	options	over	33,750,000	(9%)	ordinary	shares	were	granted	to	the	Executive	Directors	
and	427	employees.

Share Option Scheme (SOS)

Note 3

Executive Directors of the Company are not eligible to participate in this scheme. Any exercises of 
awards made under this plan must be settled by market purchased shares.

This	new	scheme	was	created	in	2009	to	provide	an	effective	plan	under	which	to	grant	awards	in	
2009.	It	was	the	Board’s	view	that	grants	made	under	the	existing	ESOS	plan,	which	would	have	
required	an	increase	over	the	2008	base	earnings	per	share	of	at	least	3%	per	annum	above	the	
growth	in	the	UK	Retail	Price	Index	by	2011,	would	be	achievable	due	to	the	impact	of	the	global	
downturn on the Group’s EPS and thus would not provide the required retention incentive. 

The	2009	grant	made	under	the	SOS	plan	is	subject	to	a	performance	condition	that	will	be	tested,	
initially, three years after the date of grant and then annually until either the entire grant has vested, 
or ten years from the date of the award have elapsed, in which case any awards outstanding under 
the	grant	will	lapse.	The	performance	condition	is	directly	linked	to	the	Group’s	Operating	Profit.	If	
Operating	Profit	is	£30m	then	30%	of	the	award	would	vest.	For	every	£1m	of	Operating	Profit	over	
£30m,	a	further	1%	would	vest.	100%	of	the	award	would	vest	if	Operating	Profit	was	£100m.

An individual’s option entitlement was only exercisable to the extent that share price growth targets 
were	satisfied	over	a	period	of	at	least	3	years.	None	of	these	options	vested	unless	the	Company’s	
share	price	achieved	50%	growth	after	3	years	and	not	later	than	5	years.	At	that	point	one	third	of	
this portion of the options vested.

A	further	grant	under	the	SOS	plan	was	made	in	2011.	The	performance	condition	for	the	2011	
grant	is	also	directly	linked	to	the	Group’s	Operating	Profit.	If	Operating	Profit	is	in	excess	of	£100m,	
1%	of	the	award	will	vest	for	every	additional	£1m	of	Operating	Profit	achieved,	up	to	a	maximum	of	
100%	at	Operating	Profit	of	£200m	or	more.

Vesting then increased progressively for further share price growth until full vesting occurred where 
there	was	200%	growth	after	3	years	and	not	later	than	5	years.	These	hurdles	rose	from	the	fifth	
anniversary	of	the	date	of	grant	at	compound	rates	of	growth	of	8.45%	and	24.57%	respectively.	
On	the	tenth	anniversary	of	the	grant,	March	2011,	the	remaining	817,168	unvested	options	
lapsed.

Note 2 Grants post flotation

For	grants	since	2004,	the	performance	condition	is	tested	on	the	third	anniversary	and	no	retesting	
will occur thereafter. These options were granted subject to a performance condition requiring that 
an option may only be exercised, in normal circumstances, if there has been an increase in base 
earnings	per	share	of	at	least	3%	per	annum	above	the	growth	in	the	UK	Retail	Price	Index.	The	
respective	base	earnings	per	share	for	each	grant	are	shown	in	the	table	on	page	94.

For	the	2010	share	option	grant	for	Executive	Directors	only,	the	vesting	of	awards	will	be	subject	to	
profit	before	tax	performance	conditions	measured	over	a	three	year	period.		Vesting	will	occur	on	
a	phased	basis,	with	30%	of	the	award	vesting	for	threshold	performance,	increasing	on	a	straight	
line	basis	to	100%	of	the	award	for	maximum	performance.		

Share Option valuation and measurement

In	2011,	options	were	granted	on	11	March	with	the	estimated	fair	values	of	the	options	granted	
on	that	day	of	£1.28.	In	2010,	options	were	granted	on	9	March.	The	estimated	fair	values	of	the	
options	granted	on	that	date	was	£1.17.

Share options are granted under service and non-market performance conditions. These conditions 
are not taken into account in the fair value measurement at grant date. There are no market 
conditions	associated	with	the	share	option	grants	other	than	those	on	the	initial	grant	in	2001.

95

18. Called-up share capital (continued)

Share Option valuation and measurement

The	options	outstanding	at	31	December	2011	have	an	exercise	price	in	the	range	of	81.5	pence	to	492.9	pence	and	a	weighted	average	contractual	life	of	7.8	years.	The	fair	values	of	options	
granted during the year were calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The inputs into the model were as follows: 

Share price (£)

Average exercise price (£)

Weighted average fair value (£)

Expected volatility

Expected life

Risk free rate

Expected dividend yield

                              Share Option Plans

                              incentive Share Scheme

                             Deferred Bonus Shares

2011

4.91

4.91

1.28

31%

5 years

2.84%

1.83%

2010

3.82

3.82

1.17

38%

5 years

2.99%

2.10%

2011

4.91

Nil

4.65

31%

3 years

2.84%

Nil

2010

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2011

4.91

Nil

4.73

31%

2 years

2.84%

Nil

2010

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Expected volatility was determined by reference to historical volatility of the Company’s share price since flotation. The expected life used in the model has been adjusted, based on management’s 
best estimate, for the effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions and behavioural considerations. Expectations of early exercise are incorporated into the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

The	Group	recognised	total	expenses	of	£12.7m	(2010:	£10.0m)	related	to	equity-settled	share-based	payment	transactions	during	the	year.

Other	share-based	payment	plans

The Company also operates an Incentive Share Plan for the Executive Directors and senior employees and an Annual Bonus Plan for the Executive Directors. Details of these schemes are disclosed 
on	pages	56	and	57,	and	are	settled	by	the	physical	delivery	of	shares,	currently	satisfied	by	shares	held	in	the	Employee	Benefit	Trust,	to	the	extent	that	service	and	performance	conditions	are	met.

19. Reserves

Share premium

The share premium account has been established to represent the excess of proceeds over the nominal value for all share issues, including the excess of the exercise share price over the nominal 
value of the shares on the exercise of share options.

Capital redemption reserve

The movement in the capital redemption reserve relates to the cancellation of the Company’s own shares.

Reserve for shares held in the employee benefit trust

At	31	December	2011,	the	reserve	for	shares	held	in	the	employee	benefit	trust	consisted	of	16,739,896	ordinary	shares	(2010:	18,955,701	ordinary	shares)	held	for	the	purpose	of	satisfying	awards	
made	under	the	Incentive	Share	Plan,	the	Annual	Bonus	Plan	and	the	Share	Option	Scheme	(SOS),	representing	5.3%	of	the	called-up	share	capital	with	a	market	value	of	£58.4m	(2010:	£105.2m).

There	are	13,363,693	of	these	shares	held	in	the	trust	that	are	treated	as	non-dilutive	on	which	dividends	are	waived.

i

i

F
N
A
N
C
A
l
S
T
A
T
e
M
e
N
T
S

96

 
Currency translation reserve

Since	first-time	adoption	of	the	International	Financial	Reporting	Standards,	the	currency	translation	reserve	comprises	all	foreign	exchange	differences	arising	from	the	translation	of	the	financial	statements	of	
foreign operations that are integral to the operations of the Company.

20. Cash flows from operating activities

Profit before tax and non-recurring income
Non-recurring income

Profit before tax and non-recurring income
Depreciation and amortisation charges

(Profit)/loss on sale of property, plant and equipment, and computer software

Share scheme charges

Net finance income – including NRI

Operating cash flow before changes in working capital and NRi
Increase in receivables

Increase in payables

Cash generated from underlying operations
Decrease in HMRC related receivables

Decrease in HMRC related payables

Non-recurring income

Cash generated from operations

21.  Cash and cash equivalents

Cash at bank and in hand

Short-term deposits

Cash and cash equivalents

Bank overdrafts

Cash and cash equivalents in the statement of cash flows

Net funds

                  Group

                  Company

2011  
£’000

86,147

–

86,147

11,657

(22)

12,732

(112)

110,402

(32,688)

25,611

103,325

–

–

–

103,325

2010  
£’000

100,656

(17,125)

83,531

10,579

151

10,049

(12,004)

92,306

(41,107)

30,451

81,650

8,972

(49,990)

28,460

69,092

2011  
£’000

20,663

–

20,663

–

–

–

(10)

20,653

(14,927)

53,341

59,067

–

–

–

59,067

                  Group

                  Company

2011  
£’000

57,758

6,659

64,417

(6,249)

58,168

58,168

2010  
£’000

73,178

7,353

80,531

–

80,531

80,531

2011  
£’000

23

–

23

–

23

23

2010  
£’000

45,030

(17,125)

27,905

–

–

–

(11,264)

16,641

(17,647)

111,361

110,355

8,972

(49,990)

28,460

97,797

2010  
£’000

–

–

–

–

–

–

The Group operates a multi-currency notional cash pool. Currently the main Eurozone subsidiaries and the UK-based Group Treasury subsidiary participate in this cash pool, although it is the Group’s 
intention to extend the scope of the participation to other Group companies going forward. The structure facilitates interest and balance compensation of cash and bank overdrafts.

97

22. financial risk management

Trade and other receivables

Total	trade	receivables	(net	of	allowances)	held	by	the	Group	at	31	December	2011	amounted	
to	£157.0m	(2010:	£134.7m).

An	initial	credit	period	is	made	available	on	invoices.	No	interest	is	charged	on	trade	receivables	
from the date of the invoice during this credit period. Thereafter, interest is charged on the 
outstanding	balance.	The	Group	has	provided	fully	for	all	receivables	over	150	days	because	
historical	experience	is	such	that	receivables	past	due	beyond	150	days	are	generally	
not	recoverable.	Trade	receivables	below	150	days	are	provided	for	based	on	estimated	
irrecoverable amounts from the provision of our services, determined by reference to past 
default experience.

Included in the Group’s trade receivables balance are debtors with a carrying amount of 
£69.6m	(2010:	£54.0m)	that	are	past	due	at	the	reporting	date	for	which	the	Group	has	
not provided as the amounts are still considered recoverable. The Group does not hold any 
collateral	over	these	balances.	The	average	age	of	these	receivables	is	51	days	in	excess	 
of	the	initial	credit	period	(2010:	41	days).

The	Group	has	exposure	to	the	following	risks	from	its	use	of	financial	instruments:

(i)	 credit	risk

(ii)	 liquidity	risk

(iii)	market	risk

This note presents information about the Group’s exposure to each of the above risks, the 
Group’s objectives, policies and processes for measuring and managing risk, and the Group’s 
management of capital. Further quantitative disclosures are included throughout these 
consolidated	financial	statements.

The Board of Directors has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the 
Group’s risk management framework. 

The Group’s risk management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced 
by the Group, to set appropriate risk limits and controls, and to monitor risks and adherence 
to limits. Risk management policies and systems are reviewed regularly to reflect changes in 
market conditions and the Group’s activities. The Group, through its training and management 
standards and procedures, aims to develop a disciplined and constructive control environment 
in which all employees understand their roles and obligations.

The Group Audit Committee oversees how management monitors compliance with the  
Group’s risk management policies and procedures and reviews the adequacy of the risk 
management framework in relation to the risks faced by the Group. The Group Audit 
Committee is assisted in its oversight role by Internal Audit. Internal Audit undertakes both 
regular and ad hoc reviews of risk management controls and procedures, the results of  
which are reported to the Audit Committee.

(i)  Credit risk

Credit	risk	is	the	risk	of	financial	loss	to	the	Group	if	a	client	or	counterparty	to	a	financial	
instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations, and arises principally from the Group’s 
receivables from clients. Management has a credit policy in place and the exposure to credit 
risk is monitored on an ongoing basis.

At	the	balance	sheet	date	there	were	no	significant	concentrations	of	credit	risk.	The	maximum	
exposure	to	credit	risk	is	represented	by	the	carrying	amount	of	each	financial	asset	in	the	
balance sheet.

i

i

F
N
A
N
C
A
l
S
T
A
T
e
M
e
N
T
S

98

 
The ageing of trade receivables at the reporting date was:

Not past due

Past due 0-30 days

Past due 31-150 days

More than 150 days

Gross trade receivables 
2011 (£’000)

Provision 2011 
(£’000)

Gross trade receivables 
2010 (£’000)

Provision 2010 
(£’000)

88,099

47,951

22,680

5,342

164,072

721

35

995

5,342

7,093

81,685

38,755

16,145

4,535

141,120

982

162

718

4,535

6,397

The Group’s exposure to credit risk is influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each client. The demographics of the Group’s client base, including the country in which clients operate, also has an 
influence	on	credit	risk.	Less	than	3%	of	the	Group’s	revenue	is	attributable	to	sales	transactions	with	a	single	client.	The	geographic	diversification	of	the	Group’s	revenue	also	reduces	the	concentration	of	
credit risk.

The majority of the Group’s clients have been transacting with the Group for several years, with losses rarely occurring. In monitoring client credit risk, clients are grouped according to their credit 
characteristics,	including	geographic	location,	industry,	ageing	profile,	maturity	and	existence	of	previous	financial	difficulties.

Movement in the allowance for doubtful debts:

Balance at beginning of the year

Impairment losses recognised on receivables

Amounts written off as uncollectable

Amounts recovered during the year

Impairment losses reversed

Balance at end of the year

2011
£’000

6,397

8,148

(1,086)

(3,611)

(2,755)

7,093

2010
£’000

6,959

6,370

(1,279)

(3,062)

(2,591)

6,397

The	majority	of	the	allowance	for	doubtful	debts	are	individually	impaired	trade	receivables	with	a	balance	of	£3.5m	(2010:	£3.2m)	which	have	been	placed	in	litigation,	as	well	as	a	further	provision	for	debts	of	
150	days	and	over.

The impairment recognised represents the difference between the carrying amount of these trade receivables and the present value of the expected liquidation proceeds. The Group does not hold any 
collateral over these balances.

99

i

i

F
N
A
N
C
A
l
S
T
A
T
e
M
e
N
T
S

22. financial risk management (continued)

(i)  Credit risk (continued)

Exposure to credit risk

The maximum exposure to credit risk for trade receivables at the reporting date by geographic region was:

EMEA

United Kingdom

Asia Pacific

Americas

The maximum exposure to credit risk for accrued income at the reporting date by geographic region was:

EMEA

United Kingdom

Asia Pacific

Americas

Carrying amount

2011  
£’000

78,694

40,965

23,514

13,806

2010  
£’000

68,043

40,142

15,098

11,440

156,979

134,723

Carrying amount

2011  
£’000

1,265

9,925

8,755

5,541

25,486

2010  
£’000

1,079

8,713

5,983

3,026

18,801

The	entire	accrued	income	balance	is	not	past	due.	The	fair	values	of	trade	and	other	receivables	are	not	materially	different	to	those	disclosed	above	and	in	note	14.	There	is	no	material	effect	on	 
pre-tax	profit	if	the	instruments	are	accounted	for	at	fair	value	or	amortised	cost.

(ii) Liquidity risk management

Ultimate	responsibility	for	liquidity	risk	management	rests	with	the	Board,	which	has	built	an	appropriate	liquidity	risk	management	framework	that	aims	to	ensure	that	the	Group	has	sufficient	cash	
or	credit	facilities	at	all	times	to	meet	all	current	and	forecast	liabilities	as	they	fall	due.	It	is	the	Directors’	intention	to	continue	to	finance	the	activities	and	development	of	the	Group	from	retained	
earnings.

Cash surpluses are invested in short-term deposits, with any working capital requirements being provided from Group cash resources, Group facilities, or by local overdraft facilities. Cash generated in 
excess of these requirements will be used to buy back the Company’s shares. The Group also operates a multi-currency notional cash pool to facilitate interest and balance compensation of cash and  
bank overdrafts.

100

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The	following	are	the	contractual	maturities	of	financial	liabilities:

2011

Trade payables

Accruals and other payables

Bank overdraft

2010

Trade payables

Accruals and other payables

Bank overdraft

less than 
1 month  
£’000

6,038

48,445

6,249

less than 
1 month  
£’000

5,625

37,597

–

Carrying amount

1-3 months  
£’000

3-12 months  
£’000

578

33,919

–

2,048

30,960

–

Carrying amount

1-3 months  
£’000

3-12 months  
£’000

3,010

24,885

–

456

25,386

–

More than 
12 months  
£’000

–

2,685

–

More than 
12 months  
£’000

–

4,156

–

Capital includes equity attributable to the equity holders of the parent. The primary objective of the Group’s capital management is to ensure that it maintains a strong credit rating and healthy capital ratios 
to support its business and maximise shareholder value. The Group manages its capital structure and makes adjustments to it in light of changes in economic conditions. To maintain or adjust the capital 
structure,	the	Group	may	adjust	the	dividend	payment	to	shareholders,	return	capital	to	shareholders	or	issue	new	shares.	No	changes	were	made	in	the	objectives,	policies	or	processes	for	managing	capital	
during	the	years	ended	31	December	2011	and	31	December	2010.

This note presents information about the Group’s exposure to each of the above risks, the Group’s objectives, policies and processes for measuring and managing risk, and the Group’s management of 
capital.	Further	quantitative	disclosures	are	included	throughout	these	consolidated	financial	statements.

(iii) Market risk and sensitivity analysis

The	Group’s	activities	expose	it	primarily	to	the	financial	risks	of	changes	in	foreign	currency	exchange	rates	and	interest	rates,	but	these	risks	are	not	deemed	to	be	material.	However,	a	sensitivity	analysis	
showing	hypothetical	fluctuations	in	Pounds	Sterling	against	the	Group’s	main	exposure	currencies	is	shown	on	page	103.	There	has	been	no	material	change	in	the	Group’s	exposure	to	market	risks	or	the	
manner in which it manages and measures the risk.

For	additional	information	on	market	risk,	refer	to	‘Treasury	management	and	currency	risk’	in	the	Business	Review.

Interest rate risk management

Borrowings	are	arranged	at	floating	rates,	thus	exposing	the	Group	to	cash	flow	interest	rate	risk.	The	Group	does	not	consider	this	risk	as	significant.	The	benchmark	rates	for	determining	floating	rate	
liabilities	are	based	on	relevant	national	LIBOR	equivalents.	The	Group’s	only	interest	bearing	assets	and	liabilities	at	31	December	2011	relate	to	cash	and	bank	overdrafts.

The	average	interest	rate	paid	on	bank	overdrafts	was	1.91%	(2010:	1.82%).

101

22. financial risk management (continued)

Currency rate risk

The Group publishes its results in Pounds Sterling and conduct its business in many foreign currencies. As a result, the Group is subject to foreign currency exchange risk due to exchange rate 
movements. The Group is exposed to foreign currency exchange risk as a result of transactions in currencies other than the functional currencies of some of its subsidiaries and the translation of the 
results and underlying net assets of foreign subsidiaries.

The main functional currencies of the Group are Sterling, Euro and Australian Dollar. The Group does not have material transactional currency exposures, nor is there a material exposure to foreign 
denominated monetary assets and liabilities. The Group is exposed to foreign currency translation differences in accounting for its overseas operations although our policy is not to hedge this 
exposure.

In	certain	cases,	where	the	Company	gives	or	receives	short-term	loans	to	and	from	other	Group	companies	with	different	reporting	currencies,	it	may	use	foreign	exchange	swap	derivative	financial	
instruments to manage the currency and interest rate exposure that arises on these loans. It is the Group’s policy not to seek to designate these derivatives as hedges.

All	derivative	financial	instruments	not	in	a	hedge	relationship	are	classified	as	derivatives	at	fair	value	through	the	income	statement.	The	group	does	not	use	derivatives	for	speculative	purposes.	 
All	transactions	in	derivative	financial	instruments	are	undertaken	to	manage	the	risks	arising	from	underlying	business	activities.

Information	on	the	fair	value	of	derivative	financial	instruments	held	at	the	balance	sheet	date	is	shown	in	the	table	below.	Derivatives	are	disclosed	within	cash	on	the	face	of	the	balance	sheet.

Derivatives Financial instruments

Derivative Assets

Derivative Liabilities

Net Derivative (Liabilities)/Assets

Sensitivity	analysis	–	currency	risk

                                Contract amounts

             Derivatives at fair value

2011 
£m

49.1

(49.1)

–

2010  
£m

30.8

(30.8)

–

2011  
£m

49.1

(49.8)

(0.7)

2010  
£m

31.1

(30.9)

0.2

A	10%	strengthening	of	Sterling	against	the	following	currencies	at	31	December	would	have	increased/(decreased)	equity	and	profit	or	loss	by	the	amounts	shown	on	page	103.	This	analysis	is	
applied currency by currency in isolation, i.e. ignoring the impact of currency correlation, and assumes that all other variables, in particular interest rates, remain constant. The analysis is performed  
on	the	same	basis	for	2010.

The amounts generated from the sensitivity analysis are forward-looking estimates of market risk assuming certain adverse market conditions occur. Actual results in the future may differ materially 
from	those	projected,	due	to	developments	in	the	global	financial	markets	which	may	cause	fluctuations	in	interest	and	exchange	rates	to	vary	from	the	hypothetical	amounts	disclosed	in	the	table	
right, which therefore should not be considered a projection of likely future events and losses.

i

i

F
N
A
N
C
A
l
S
T
A
T
e
M
e
N
T
S

102

 
 
 
 
Sensitivity	analysis	–	currency	risk	(continued)

Euro

Australian Dollar

Swiss Franc

Hong Kong Dollar

Brazilian Real

United States Dollar

Other

Euro

Australian Dollar

Hong Kong Dollar

Swiss Franc

Brazilian Real

United States Dollar

Other

2011 equity  
£’000

(3,291)

(1,833)

(1,800)

(711)

(1,572)

578

(3,025)

2010 equity
£’000

(2,816)

(1,799)

(1,879)

(642)

(1,333)

356

(1,609)

PBT  
£’000

185

(324)

(381)

(114)

(676)

859

(1,382)

PBT
£’000

287

(819)

(751)

(369)

(743)

618

(656)

A	10	percent	weakening	of	sterling	against	the	above	currencies	at	31	December	would	have	had	the	equal	but	opposite	effect	on	the	above	currencies	to	the	amounts	shown	above,	on	the	basis	that	all	
other variables remain constant.

103

23. Commitments

Operating lease commitments

At	31	December	2011	the	Group	was	committed	to	make	the	following	payments	in	respect	of	non-cancellable	operating	leases:

Leases which expire:

Within one year

Within two to five years

After five years

                   land and buildings

2011  
£’000

4,042

60,085

29,853

93,980

2010  
£’000

2,758

32,566

54,174

89,498

             Other
2011  
£’000

553

7,386

–

7,939

2010  
£’000

1,150

3,942

–

5,092

The	Group	leases	various	offices	under	non-cancellable	operating	lease	agreements.	The	leases	have	varying	terms,	escalation	clauses	and	renewal	rights.

The Group also leases various plant and machinery under operating lease agreements. The Group is required to give a varying notice for the termination of these agreements.

Capital commitments

The	Group	had	contractual	capital	commitments	of	£1.1m	as	at	31	December	2011	(2010:	£1.2m)	relating	to	property,	plant	and	equipment.	The	Group	had	contractual	capital	commitments	of	
£5.3m	as	at	31	December	2011	(2010:	£2.0m)	relating	to	computer	software.	

24. Contingent liabilities

The	Company	has	provided	guarantees	to	other	Group	undertakings	amounting	to	£80k	(2010:	£80k)	in	the	ordinary	course	of	business.	It	is	not	anticipated	that	any	material	liabilities	will	arise	from	
the contingent liabilities.

VAT	group	registration

As	a	result	of	group	registration	for	VAT	purposes,	the	Company	is	contingently	liable	for	VAT	liabilities	arising	in	other	companies	within	the	VAT	group	which	at	31	December	2011	amounted	to	
£5.5m	(2010:	£4.6m).

25. Events after the balance sheet date

Between	31	December	2011	and	5	March	2012,	222,272	options	were	exercised,	leading	to	an	increase	in	share	capital	of	£2,223	and	an	increase	in	share	premium	of	£955,269.

i

i

F
N
A
N
C
A
l
S
T
A
T
e
M
e
N
T
S

104

 
26. Related party transactions

Identity of related parties

The	Company	has	a	related	party	relationship	with	its	Directors	and	members	of	the	Executive	Board,	and	subsidiaries	(Note	13).

Transactions with key management personnel

Key	management	personnel	are	deemed	to	be	the	Directors	and	members	of	the	Executive	Board	as	detailed	in	the	biographies	on	page	35.	The	remuneration	of	Directors	and	members	of	the	Executive	Board	
is	determined	by	the	Remuneration	Committee	having	regard	to	the	performance	of	individuals	and	market	trends.	For	transactions	with	Directors	see	the	Remuneration	Report	on	pages	54	to	63.	Over	and	
above	these	transactions,	equity	settled	transactions	for	the	year	were	£2.2m	(2010:	£1.6m).	Transactions	with	the	remaining	members	of	the	Executive	Board	are	disclosed	below:

Related party transactions

Short-term employee benefits

Pension costs – defined contribution plans

2011  
£’000

3,413

139

2010  
£’000

1,853

91

In	addition	to	their	salaries,	the	Group	also	provides	non-cash	benefits	to	members	of	the	Executive	Board,	and	contributes	to	a	post-employment	defined	contribution	pension	plan	on	their	behalf,	details	of	
which	are	given	in	Note	1.

Company

Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties of the Company, have been eliminated on consolidation. Details of transactions between the parent company and 
subsidiary undertakings are shown below.

            Dividends received
2011 
£’000

2010 
£’000

                               Amounts owed by related parties
2010 
£’000

2011 
£’000

                               Amounts owed to related parties
2010 
£’000

2011 
£’000

20,654

17,671

485,862

470,935

564,162

510,819

five year summary

Revenue

Gross profit

Operating profit

Profit before tax

Profit attributable to equity holders

Conversion

Basic earnings per share (pence)

*Includes	non-recurring	items	(Note	5).

2007  
£’000

831,640

478,094

149,432

147,441

101,734

31.3%

31.1

2008  
£’000

972,782

552,702

140,501

140,056

97,339

25.4%

30.3

2009  
£’000

716,722

351,694

20,203

21,068

12,430

5.7%

3.9

2010  
£’000

832,296

442,207

88,652*

100,656*

67,484*

20.0%*

21.6*

2011  
£’000

1,019,087

553,781

86,035

86,147

56,857

15.5%

18.7

105

              
Shareholder information 
and advisers

106

Annual General Meeting

To	be	held	on	18	May	2012	at	12.00	noon	at	Page	
House, The Bourne Business Park, 1 Dashwood Lang 
Road,	Addlestone,	Weybridge,	Surrey,	KT15	2QW.	Every	
shareholder is entitled to attend and vote at the meeting.

final dividend for the year  
ended 31 December 2011

To	be	paid	(if	approved)	on	6	June	2012	to	shareholders	 
on	the	register	on	4	May	2012.

Company Secretary

Kelvin Stagg

Company number

3310225

Registered office, domicile and 
legal form

The Company is a limited liability company incorporated  
and domiciled within the United Kingdom. 

The	address	of	its	registered	office	is:

Page House,  
The Bourne Business Park,  
1 Dashwood Lang Road,  
Addlestone,  
Weybridge,  
Surrey	KT15	2QW.

Tel:	01932	264144 
Fax:	01932	264297

Auditor

Ernst & Young LLP 
1 More London Place 
London	SE1	2AF

Solicitors

Herbert Smith LLP 
Exchange House 
Primrose Street 
London	EC2A	2HS

Registrars

Capita Registrars Ltd 
The Registry 
34	Beckenham	Road 
Beckenham 
Kent	BR3	4TU

Joint corporate brokers

Citigroup 
33	Canada	Square 
Canary Wharf 
London	E14	5LB

Deutsche Bank 
Winchester House 
1 Great Winchester Street 
London	EC2N	2DB

Bankers

HSBC Bank plc 
West End Business 
Banking Centre 
70	Pall	Mall 
London	SW1Y	5GZ

Deutsche 
Bank	Netherlands	N.V. 
De	Entree	99 
1101	HE	Amsterdam 
The	Netherlands

Key dates

2	May	2012 
Ex-Dividend	date	
Record	date	
4	May	2012 
18	May	2012 
Annual	General	Meeting	
Payment	of	proposed	final	ordinary	dividend	 6	June	2012 
Interim	results	announcement		

13	August	2012

107

Articles of  
association

108

The	following	summarises	certain	provisions	of	the	Company’s	Articles	of	Association	(as	adopted	
on	21	May	2010)	and	applicable	English	Law.	The	summary	is	qualified	in	its	entirety	by	reference	
to	the	Companies	Act	2006	of	Great	Britain	(the	“Act”),	as	amended,	and	the	Company’s	Articles	of	
Association.

Under the Act, the Memorandum of Association of the Company has now become a document of 
record, and no longer contains any operative provisions. 

Incorporation

The Company is incorporated under the name Michael Page International plc and is registered in 
England	and	Wales	with	registered	number	3310225.	

Share capital

The Act abolished the concept of, and requirement for a company to have, an authorised share 
capital. As such, the Company no longer has an authorised share capital.  

Alteration of capital

The Company may from time to time by ordinary resolution:

(a)		consolidate	and	divide	all	or	any	of	its	share	capital	into	shares	of	larger	amount	than	its	existing	

shares;

(b)		sub-divide	its	shares,	or	any	of	them,	into	shares	of	a	smaller	amount	than	its	existing	shares;	

and

(c)		determine	that,	as	between	the	shares	resulting	from	such	a	sub-division,	any	of	them	may	have	

any preference or advantage as compared with the others. 

Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Company may by special resolution reduce its share 
capital, any capital redemption reserve and any share premium account, in any way.

Purchase of own shares

Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Company may purchase its own shares, including 
redeemable shares. The Company proposes to renew its authority to purchase its own shares for 
another	year	in	item	15	of	the	Annual	General	Meeting	notice.

General meetings and voting rights

The Directors may call general meetings whenever and at whatever time and location they so 
determine. Subject to the provisions of the Act, an annual general meeting and all general meetings 
(which	shall	be	called	extraordinary	general	meetings)	shall	be	called	by	at	least	21	clear	days’	
notice. Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Company may resolve to reduce the notice period 
for	general	meetings	(other	than	annual	general	meetings)	to	14	days	on	an	annual	basis.	The	
Company	proposes	to	renew	its	authority	to	hold	general	meetings	on	14	days’	notice	for	another	
year	in	item	16	of	the	Annual	General	Meeting	notice.	Two	persons	entitled	to	vote	upon	the	
business to be transacted shall be a quorum.

The Articles of Association provide that subject to any rights or restrictions attached to any shares, 
on a show of hands every member and every duly appointed proxy present shall have one vote. 
Every corporate representative present who has been duly authorised by a corporation has the 
same voting rights as the corporation would be entitled to. On a poll every member present in 
person or by a duly appointed proxy or corporate representative shall have one vote for every share 
of which he is a holder or in respect of which his appointment as proxy or corporate representative 
has	been	made.	No	member	shall	be	entitled	to	vote	in	respect	of	any	share	held	by	him	if	any	call	
or other sum payable by him to the Company remains unpaid.

If a member or any person appearing to be interested in shares held by a member has been duly 
served with a notice under the Act and is in default for the prescribed period in supplying to the 
Company information thereby required, unless the Directors otherwise determine, the member 
shall	not	be	entitled	in	respect	of	the	default	shares	to	be	present	or	to	vote	(either	in	person	or	
by	representative	or	proxy)	at	any	general	or	class	meeting	of	the	Company	or	on	any	poll	or	to	
exercise any other right conferred by membership in relation to such meeting or poll. In certain 
circumstances, any dividend due in respect of the default shares shall be withheld and certain 
certificated	transfers	may	be	refused.

A member entitled to more than one vote need not, if he votes, use all his votes or cast all the votes 
he uses in the same way. A member is entitled to appoint another person as his proxy to exercise 
all or any of his rights to attend and speak and vote at a meeting of the Company. A proxy need  
not be a member. A member may appoint more than one proxy to attend on the same occasion. 
This does not preclude the member from attending and voting at the meeting or at any 
adjournment of it.

Limitations and non-resident or foreign shareholders

English law treats those persons who hold the shares and are neither UK residents nor nationals in 
the same way as UK residents or nationals. They are free to own, vote on and transfer any shares 
they hold.

109

variation of rights

Calls on shares

If at any time the capital of the Company is divided into different classes of shares, the rights 
attached to any class may be varied either:

(a)	in	such	manner	(if	any)	as	may	be	provided	by	those	rights;	or

Subject to the terms of allotment, the Directors may make calls upon members in respect of 
any	amounts	unpaid	on	their	shares	(whether	in	respect	of	nominal	value	or	premium)	and	each	
member shall pay to the Company as required by the notice the amount called on his shares.

(b)		in	the	absence	of	any	such	provision,	with	the	consent	in	writing	of	the	holders	of	three-
quarters	in	nominal	value	of	the	issued	shares	of	the	class	(excluding	any	shares	of	that	
class	held	as	treasury	shares)	or	with	the	sanction	of	a	special	resolution	passed	at	a	
separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of the class, 

but not otherwise, and may be so varied either whilst the Company is a going concern or 
during, or in contemplation of, a winding-up. At every such separate general meeting the 
necessary quorum shall be at least two persons together holding or representing by proxy at 
least	one-third	in	nominal	value	of	the	issued	shares	of	the	class	(excluding	any	shares	of	that	
class	held	as	treasury	shares),	save	that	at	any	adjourned	meeting	any	holder	of	shares	of	the	
class	(other	than	treasury	shares)	present	or	by	proxy	shall	be	a	quorum.	Unless	otherwise	
expressly provided by the rights attached to any class of shares, those rights shall be deemed 
not to be varied by the purchase by the Company of any of its own shares or the holding of 
such shares as treasury shares.

Dividend rights

Holders of the Company’s ordinary shares may by ordinary resolution declare dividends but 
no such dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the Directors. If, in the opinion of 
the	Directors,	the	profits	of	the	Company	available	for	distribution	justify	such	payments,	the	
Directors may, from time to time, pay interim dividends on the shares of such amounts and on 
such	dates	and	in	respect	of	such	periods	as	they	think	fit.	The	profits	of	the	Company	available	
for distribution and resolved to be distributed shall be apportioned and paid proportionately 
to the amounts paid up on the shares during any portion of the period in respect of which 
the dividend is paid. The members may, at a general meeting declaring a dividend upon 
the	recommendation	of	the	Directors,	direct	that	it	shall	be	satisfied	wholly	or	partly	by	the	
distribution	of	specific	assets.

No	dividend	shall	be	paid	otherwise	than	out	of	profits	available	for	distribution	as	specified	
under the provisions of the Act.

Any dividend unclaimed after a period of twelve years from the date of declaration of such 
dividend shall, if the Directors so resolve, be forfeited and shall revert to the Company.

Transfer of shares

Any	member	may	transfer	all	or	any	of	his	shares	in	certificated	form	by	instrument	of	transfer	
in the usual common form or in any other form which the Directors may approve. The transfer 
instrument shall be signed by or on behalf of the transferor and, except in the case of fully-paid 
shares, by or on behalf of the transferee. 

Where any class of shares is for the time being a participating security, title to shares of that 
class	which	are	recorded	as	being	held	in	uncertificated	form,	may	be	transferred	(to	not	more	
than	four	transferees)	by	the	relevant	system	concerned.

The	Directors	may	in	their	absolute	discretion	refuse	to	register	any	transfer	of	shares	(being	
shares	which	are	not	fully	paid	or	on	which	the	Company	has	a	lien),	provided	that	if	the	share	
is	listed	on	the	Official	List	of	the	UK	Listing	Authority	such	refusal	does	not	prevent	dealings	in	
the shares from taking place on an open and proper basis.

The	Directors	may	also	refuse	to	register	a	transfer	of	shares	(whether	fully	paid	or	not)	unless	
the transfer instrument:

(a)		is	lodged	at	the	registered	office,	or	such	other	place	as	the	Directors	may	appoint,	

accompanied	by	the	relevant	share	certificate(s);

(b)	is	in	respect	of	only	one	class	of	share;	and

(c)	is	in	favour	of	not	more	than	four	transferees.

The	Directors	of	the	Company	may	refuse	to	register	the	transfer	of	a	share	in	uncertificated	
form	to	a	person	who	is	to	hold	it	thereafter	in	certificated	form	in	any	case	where	the	Company	
is	entitled	to	refuse	(or	is	excepted	from	the	requirements)	under	the	Uncertificated	Securities	
Regulations	2001	to	register	the	transfer.	

i

A
R
T
C
l
e
S
O
F
A
S
S
O
C
A
T
O
N

i

i

110

 
 
Directors

The	Company’s	Articles	of	Association	provide	for	a	Board	of	Directors,	consisting	of	(unless	
otherwise	determined	by	the	Company	by	ordinary	resolution)	not	fewer	than	two	Directors,	
who shall manage the business of the Company. The Directors may exercise all the powers of 
the Company, subject to the provisions of the Articles of Association and any directions given by 
special	resolution.	If	the	quorum	is	not	fixed	by	the	Directors,	the	quorum	shall	be	two.

Subject to the provisions of the Company’s Articles of Association, the Directors may delegate any 
of their powers:

(a)	 to	such	person	or	committee;

(b)	by	such	means	(including	power	of	attorney);

(c)	to	such	an	extent;

(d)	in	relation	to	such	matters	or	territories;	and	

(e)	 on	such	terms	and	conditions

as	in	each	case	they	think	fit,	and	such	delegation	may	include	authority	to	sub-delegate	all	or	any	
of the powers delegated, may be subject to conditions and may be revoked or varied.

The Directors may also, by power of attorney or otherwise, appoint any person, whether nominated 
directly or indirectly by the Directors, to be the agent of the Company for such purposes and 
subject	to	such	conditions	as	they	think	fit,	and	may	delegate	any	of	their	powers	to	such	an	agent.

The Articles of Association place a general prohibition on a Director voting on any resolution 
concerning	a	matter	in	which	he	has,	directly	or	indirectly,	a	material	interest	(other	than	an	interest	
in	shares,	debentures	or	other	securities	of,	or	otherwise	in	or	through	the	Company),	unless	his	
interest arises only because the case falls within one or more of the following:

(a)		the	giving	to	him	of	a	guarantee,	security,	or	indemnity	in	respect	of	money	lent	to,	or	an	

obligation	incurred	by	him	for	the	benefit	of,	the	Company	or	any	of	its	subsidiary	undertakings;

(b)		the	giving	to	a	third	party	of	a	guarantee,	security,	or	indemnity	in	respect	of	an	obligation	of	the	
Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings for which the Director has assumed responsibility 
in whole or in part and whether alone or jointly with others under a guarantee or indemnity or by 
the giving of security;

(c)	 	the	giving	to	him	of	any	other	indemnity	which	is	on	substantially	the	same	terms	as	indemnities	

given	or	to	be	given	to	all	of	the	other	directors	and/or	the	funding	by	the	Company	of	this	
expenditure on defending proceedings or the doing by the Company of anything to enable him 
to avoid incurring such expenditure where all other directors have been given or are to be given 
substantially the same arrangements; 

(d)	the	purchase	or	maintenance	for	any	director	or	directors	of	insurance	against	liability;	

(e)		his	interest	arises	by	virtue	of	his	being,	or	intending	to	become	a	participant	in	the	underwriting	

or sub-underwriting of an offer of any shares in or debentures or other securities of the 
Company for subscription, purchase or exchange;

(f)	 	any	arrangement	for	the	benefit	of	the	employees	and	directors	and/or	former	employees	and	
former	directors	of	the	Company	or	any	of	its	subsidiaries	and/or	the	members	of	their	families	
or any person who is or was dependent on such persons, including but without being limited to 
a	retirement	benefits	scheme	and	an	employees’	share	scheme,	which	does	not	accord	to	him	
any	privilege	or	advantage	not	generally	accorded	to	employees	and/or	former	employees	to	
whom the arrangement relates; and

(g)		any	transaction	or	arrangement	with	any	other	company	in	which	he	is	interested,	directly	or	

indirectly	(whether	as	a	director	or	shareholder	or	otherwise),	provided	that	he	is	not	the	holder	
of	or	beneficially	interested	in	at	least	1%	of	any	class	of	shares	of	that	company	(or	of	any	other	
company	through	which	his	interest	is	derived),	and	is	not	entitled	to	exercise	at	least	1%	of	the	
voting rights available to members of the relevant company. 

If a question arises at a Directors’ meeting as to the right of a Director to vote, the question may be 
referred	to	the	Chairman	of	the	meeting	(or	if	the	Director	concerned	is	the	Chairman,	to	the	other	
Directors	at	the	meeting),	and	his	ruling	in	relation	to	any	Director	(or,	as	the	case	may	be,	the	ruling	
of	the	majority	of	the	other	Directors	in	relation	to	the	Chairman)	shall	be	final	and	conclusive.

The Act requires a Director of a company who is in any way interested in a proposed transaction or 
arrangement with the company to declare the nature of his interest at a meeting of the Directors of 
the	company	(save	that	a	director	need	not	declare	an	interest	if	it	cannot	reasonably	be	regarded	
as	giving	rise	to	a	conflict	of	interest).	The	definition	of	“interest”	includes	the	interests	of	spouses,	
civil partners, children, companies and trusts.

111

Borrowing powers of the Directors

Director’s appointment, retirement and removal

The Directors shall restrict the borrowings of the Company and exercise all powers of control 
exercisable	by	the	Company	in	relation	to	its	subsidiary	undertakings	so	as	to	secure	(as	
regards	subsidiary	undertakings	so	far	as	by	such	exercise	they	can	secure)	that	the	aggregate	
principal	amount	(including	any	premium	payable	on	final	repayment)	outstanding	of	all	money	
borrowed	by	the	Group	(excluding	amounts	borrowed	by	any	member	of	the	Group	from	
any	other	member	of	the	Group),	shall	not	at	any	time,	save	with	the	previous	sanction	of	an	
ordinary resolution of the Company, exceed an amount equal to three times the aggregate of:

(a)	the	amount	paid	up	on	the	share	capital	of	the	Company;	and

(b)		the	total	of	the	capital	and	revenue	reserves	of	the	Group,	including	any	share	premium	

account, capital redemption reserve, capital contribution reserve and credit balance on the 
profit	and	loss	account,	but	excluding	sums	set	aside	for	taxation	and	amounts	attributable	
to outside shareholders in subsidiary undertakings of the Company and deducting any 
debit	balance	on	the	profit	and	loss	account,	all	as	shown	in	the	latest	audited	consolidated	
balance	sheet	and	profit	and	loss	account	of	the	Group,	but	adjusted	as	may	be	necessary	
in respect of any variation in the paid up share capital or share premium account of the 
Company since the date of that balance sheet and further adjusted as may be necessary  
to reflect any change since that date in the companies comprising the Group.

At	each	annual	general	meeting,	there	shall	retire	from	office	by	rotation:

(a)		all	Directors	of	the	Company	who	held	office	at	the	time	of	the	two	preceding	annual	general	

meetings and who did not retire by rotation at either of them; and

(b)		such	additional	number	of	Directors	as	shall,	when	aggregated	with	the	number	of	Directors	

retiring	under	paragraph	(a)	above,	equal	either	one	third	of	the	number	of	Directors,	in	
circumstances where the number of Directors is three or a multiple of three, or in all other 
circumstances, the whole number which is nearest to but does not exceed one-third of the 
number	of	Directors	(the	“Relevant	Proportion”)	provided	that:

(i)	 	the	provisions	of	this	paragraph	(b)	shall	only	apply	if	the	number	of	Directors	retiring	

under	paragraph	(a)	above	is	less	than	the	Relevant	Proportion;	and

(ii)	 	subject	to	the	provisions	of	the	Act	and	to	the	relevant	provisions	of	the	Articles	of	

Association,	the	Directors	to	retire	under	this	paragraph	(b)	shall	be	those	who	have	 
been	longest	in	office	since	their	last	appointment	or	reappointment,	but	as	between	
persons who became or were last reappointed Directors on the same day those to  
retire	shall	(unless	they	otherwise	agree	among	themselves)	be	determined	by	lot.

If	the	Company,	at	the	meeting	at	which	a	director	retires	by	rotation,	does	not	fill	the	vacancy	
the retiring Director shall, if willing to act, be deemed to have been reappointed unless a 
resolution	not	to	fill	the	vacancy	or	not	to	reappoint	that	Director	is	passed.

In addition to any power of removal under the Act, the Company may, by special resolution, 
remove	a	director	before	the	expiration	of	his	period	of	office	(without	prejudice	to	any	claim	for	
damages	for	breach	of	any	contract	of	service	between	the	director	and	the	Company)	and,	
subject to the Articles of Association, may by ordinary resolution, appoint another person who 
is willing to act as a director, and is permitted by law to do so, to be a director instead of him. 
The newly appointed person shall be treated, for the purposes of determining the time at which 
he or any other director is to retire as if he had become a director on the day on which the 
director in whose place he is appointed was last appointed or reappointed as a Director.

i

A
R
T
C
l
e
S
O
F
A
S
S
O
C
A
T
O
N

i

i

112

 
 
	
	
A	Director	shall	be	disqualified	from	holding	office	as	soon	as:

(h)		a	notice	in	writing	is	served	on	him	signed	by	all	the	Directors	stating	that	that	person	shall	

(a)		that	person	ceases	to	be	a	director	under	the	provisions	of	the	Act	or	is	prohibited	by	law	from	

cease to be a Director with immediate effect. 

being a Director;

There	is	no	requirement	of	share	ownership	for	a	Director’s	qualification.

(b)	a	bankruptcy	order	is	made	against	that	person;	

(c)	 	a	composition	is	made	with	that	person’s	creditors	generally	in	satisfaction	of	that	person’s	

debts;

(d)		by	reason	of	that	person’s	mental	health,	a	court	makes	an	order	which	wholly	or	partly	prevents	
that person from personally exercising any powers or rights which that person would otherwise 
have; 

(e)		notification	is	received	by	the	Company	from	that	person	that	he	is	resigning	or	retiring	from	

Amendments to the articles of association

Subject to the Act, the Articles of Association of the Company can be altered by special resolution 
of the members.

winding-up

his	office	as	director,	and	such	resignation	or	retirement	has	taken	effect	in	accordance	with	its	
terms; 

If the Company is wound up, the liquidator may, with the sanction of a special resolution of the 
Company and any other sanction required by law:

(f)	 		in	the	case	of	an	Executive	Director,	his	appointment	as	such	is	terminated	or	expires	and	the	

Directors resolve that he should cease to be a Director; 

(g)		that	person	is	absent	from	Directors’	meetings	for	more	than	six	consecutive	months	(without	
permission	of	the	other	Directors)	and	the	Directors	resolve	that	he	should	cease	to	be	a	
Director; or

(a)		divide	among	the	members	in	kind	the	whole	or	any	part	of	the	assets	of	the	Company	and,	for	
that purpose, set such values as he deems fair upon any property to be divided and determine 
how the division shall be carried out between the members; and

(b)		vest	the	whole	or	any	part	of	the	assets	in	trustees	upon	such	trusts	for	the	benefit	of	members	
as	the	liquidator	shall	think	fit,	but	no	member	shall	be	compelled	to	accept	any	assets	upon	
which there is a liability. 

113

Annual 
General 
Meeting

114

notice of meeting

12.	 To	propose	the	following	ordinary	resolution	(Note	9):

Notice	is	hereby	given	that	the	Annual	General	Meeting	of	the	Company	will	be	held	at	Page	
House,	The	Bourne	Business	Park,	1	Dashwood	Lang	Road,	Addlestone,	Weybridge,	Surrey,	KT15	
2QW	on	Friday	18	May	2012	at	12.00	noon	for	the	following	purposes:

1.	

2.	

	To	receive	the	accounts	and	the	reports	of	the	directors	and	the	auditors	for	the	year	ended	31	
December	2011.

	To	declare	a	final	dividend	on	the	ordinary	share	capital	of	the	Company	for	the	year	ended	31	
December	2011	of	6.75p	per	share.

3.	

	To	elect	Robin	Buchanan	as	a	director	of	the	Company	(Note	8).

4.	 To	re-elect	Steve	Ingham	as	a	director	of	the	Company	(Note	8).

5.	 To	elect	Andrew	Bracey	as	a	director	of	the	Company	(Note	8).

6.	 To	re-elect	Ruby	McGregor-Smith	as	a	director	of	the	Company	(Note	8).

7.	 To	re-elect	Dr.	Tim	Miller	as	a	director	of	the	Company	(Note	8).

8.	 To	re-elect	Reg	Sindall	as	a	director	of	the	Company	(Note	8).

9.	 To	propose	the	following	ordinary	resolution:

	That	the	Directors’	Remuneration	Report	for	the	year	ended	31	December	2011	be	received	
and approved.

	That	in	accordance	with	section	366	and	367	of	the	Companies	Act	2006	(the	‘2006	Act’)	the	
Company, and all companies that are subsidiaries of the Company at the date on which this 
Resolution	12	is	passed	or	during	the	period	when	this	Resolution	12	has	effect,	be	generally	
and unconditionally authorised to:

(a)	 		make	political	donations	to	political	parties	(or	independent	election	candidates),	as	defined	

in	the	2006	Act,	not	exceeding	£25,000	in	total;

(b)	 	make	political	donations	to	political	organisations	other	than	political	parties,	as	defined	in	

the	2006	Act,	not	exceeding	£25,000	in	total;	and

(c)	 	incur	political	expenditure,	as	defined	in	the	2006	Act,	not	exceeding	£25,000	in	total;	

 during the period commencing on the date of passing this resolution and ending on the 
date of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company provided that the authorised 
sum	referred	to	in	paragraphs	(a),	(b)	and	(c)	above,	may	be	comprised	of	one	or	more	
amounts in different currencies which, for the purposes of calculating the said sum, shall 
be converted into pounds sterling at the exchange rate published in the London edition 
of the Financial Times on the date on which the relevant donation is made or expenditure 
incurred	(or	the	first	business	day	thereafter)	or,	if	earlier,	on	the	day	on	which	the	Company	
enters into any contract or undertaking in relation to the same provided that, in any event, 
the aggregate amount of political donations and political expenditure made or incurred by 
the	Company	and	its	subsidiaries	pursuant	to	this	Resolution	shall	not	exceed	£75,000.

10.	 	To	re-appoint	Ernst	&	Young	LLP	as	auditors	of	the	Company	to	hold	office	until	the	conclusion	

13.	 To	propose	the	following	ordinary	resolution	(Note	10):

of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company.

11.  To authorise the directors to determine the remuneration of the auditors.

 That the directors be and they are hereby generally and unconditionally authorised in 
accordance	with	section	551	of	the	Companies	Act	2006	to	exercise	all	the	powers	of	the	
Company to allot shares in the Company and to grant rights to subscribe for, or to convert 
any	security	into,	shares	in	the	Company	(‘Rights’)	up	to	an	aggregate	nominal	amount	of	
£1,046,509,	provided	that	this	authority,	shall	expire	at	the	conclusion	of	the	next	Annual	
General	Meeting	of	the	Company	or,	if	earlier,	on	18	August	2013,	save	that	the	Company	shall	
be entitled to make offers or agreements before the expiry of such authority which would or 
might require shares to be allotted or Rights to be granted after such expiry and the directors 
shall be entitled to allot shares and grant Rights pursuant to any such offer or agreement 
as if this authority had not expired; and all unexercised authorities previously granted to the 
directors to allot shares and grant Rights be and are hereby revoked.

115

	
	
	
	
	
 
  
 
14.	 To	propose	the	following	special	resolution	(Note	11):

	That	the	directors	be	and	they	are	hereby	empowered	pursuant	to	section	570	and	section	
573	of	the	Companies	Act	2006	to	allot	equity	securities	(within	the	meaning	of	section	
560	of	that	Act)	for	cash	either	pursuant	to	the	authority	conferred	by	Resolution	13	above	
or	by	way	of	a	sale	of	treasury	shares	as	if	section	561(1)	of	that	Act	did	not	apply	to	any	
such allotment provided that this power shall be limited to:

(a)	 	the	allotment	of	equity	securities	in	connection	with	an	offer	of	securities	in	favour	
of the holders of ordinary shares on the register of members at such record date 
as the directors may determine where the equity securities respectively attributable 
to	the	interests	of	the	ordinary	shareholders	are	proportionate	(as	nearly	as	may	be	
practicable)	to	the	respective	numbers	of	ordinary	shares	held	or	deemed	to	be	held	
by them on any such record date, subject to such exclusions or other arrangements as 
the directors may deem necessary or expedient to deal with treasury shares, fractional 
entitlements or legal or practical problems arising under the laws of any overseas 
territory or the requirements of any regulatory body or stock exchange or by virtue of 
shares being represented by depositary receipts or any other matter; and

(b)	 	the	allotment	(otherwise	than	pursuant	to	sub-paragraph	(a)	of	this	Resolution	14)	
to any person or persons of equity securities up to an aggregate nominal amount 
of	£158,562,	and	shall	expire	upon	the	expiry	of	the	general	authority	conferred	by	
Resolution	13	above,	save	that	the	Company	shall	be	entitled	to	make	offers	or	
agreements before the expiry of such power which would or might require equity 
securities to be allotted after such expiry and the directors shall be entitled to allot 
equity securities pursuant to any such offer or agreement as if the power conferred 
hereby had not expired.

(c)	 	the	maximum	price	which	may	be	paid	for	any	such	ordinary	share	is	an	amount	equal	
to	105%	of	the	average	of	the	middle	market	quotations	for	an	ordinary	share	in	the	
Company	as	derived	from	The	London	Stock	Exchange	Daily	Official	List	for	the	five	
business days immediately preceding the day on which such share is contracted to  
be purchased;

(d)	 	the	authority	hereby	conferred	shall	expire	at	the	conclusion	of	the	next	Annual	General	
Meeting	or	18	August	2013	whichever	is	earlier	unless	previously	renewed,	varied	or	
revoked by the Company in general meeting; and

(e)	 	the	Company	may	make	a	contract	to	purchase	its	ordinary	shares	under	the	authority	
hereby conferred prior to the expiry of such authority, which contract will or may be 
executed wholly or partly after the expiry of such authority, and may purchase its 
ordinary shares in pursuance of any such contract.

16.	 To	propose	the	following	special	resolution	(Note	13):

 That a General Meeting other than an Annual General Meeting, may be called on not less 
than	14	clear	days’	notice.

The Board consider that all the proposals to be considered at the Annual General Meeting are 
likely to promote the success of the Company and are in the best interests of the Company 
and its shareholders as a whole. The directors unanimously recommend that you vote in favour 
of	the	resolutions	as	they	intend	to	do	in	respect	of	their	own	beneficial	holdings	which	amount	
to	1,426,919	shares	representing	0.5%	of	the	existing	issued	share	capital	of	the	Company	
(excluding	treasury	shares).

By order of the Board

15.	 	To	propose	the	following	special	resolution	(Note	12):

 That the Company be generally and unconditionally authorised to make market purchases 
(within	the	meaning	of	section	693(4)	of	the	Companies	Act	2006)	of	ordinary	shares	of	1p	
each of the Company on such terms and in such manner as the directors may from time 
to time determine, provided that:

(a)	 	the	maximum	number	of	ordinary	shares	hereby	authorised	to	be	acquired	is	

31,712,398	representing	approximately	10%	of	the	issued	ordinary	share	capital	 
of	the	Company	as	at	9	April	2012;

(b)	 the	minimum	price	which	may	be	paid	for	each	ordinary	share	is	1p;

Kelvin Stagg 
Company Secretary 
Michael Page International plc 
Page House, 1 Dashwood Lang Road 
The Bourne Business Park 
Addlestone,	Surrey,	KT15	2QW 
Registered	in	England	No.	3310225 
9	April	2012

A
N
N
u
A
l
G
e
N
e
R
A
l
M
e
e
T
N
G

i

116

 
 
	
	
	
 
	
	
 
	
	
	
 
 
Notes

1.	

2.	

3.	

	A	member	entitled	to	attend	and	vote	at	the	meeting	(the	‘Meeting’)	may	appoint	another	
person(s)	(who	need	not	be	a	member	of	the	Company)	to	exercise	all	or	any	of	his	rights	to	
attend, speak and vote at the Meeting. A member can appoint more than one proxy in relation 
to the Meeting, provided that each proxy is appointed to exercise the rights attaching to 
different shares held by him.

	A	proxy	does	not	need	to	be	a	member	of	the	Company,	but	must	attend	the	Meeting	to	
represent you. Your proxy will vote as you instruct and must attend the Meeting for your vote 
to be counted. Details of how to appoint the Chairman or another person as your proxy using 
the proxy form are set out in the notes to the proxy form. Appointing a proxy does not preclude 
you from attending the Meeting and voting in person. If you attend the Meeting in person, your 
proxy appointment will automatically be terminated.

	A	proxy	form	which	may	be	used	to	make	this	appointment	and	give	proxy	instructions	
accompanies this notice. If you do not have a proxy form and believe that you should have 
one,	please	contact	Capita	Registrars	on	0871	664	0300	(calls	cost	10p	per	minute	plus	
network	extras),	lines	are	open	Monday	to	Friday,	8.30am	to	5.30pm.	If	you	require	additional	
copies you may photocopy the proxy.

4.	

	In	order	to	be	valid	an	appointment	of	proxy	must	be	returned	(together	with	any	authority	
under	which	it	is	executed	or	a	copy	of	the	authority	certified	(or	in	some	other	way	approved	
by	the	directors))	by	one	of	the	following	methods:

•	

•	

	in	hard	copy	form	by	post,	by	courier	or	by	hand	to	the	Company’s	Registrar,	at,	PXS,	 
34	Beckenham	Road,	Beckenham	BR3	4TU;

	in	the	case	of	CREST	members,	by	utilising	the	CREST	electronic	proxy	appointment	
service	in	accordance	with	the	procedures	set	out	in	Note	6	below;

	and	in	each	case	must	be	received	by	the	Company	not	less	than	48	hours	before	the	time	
of the Meeting.

5.	

6.	

	A	copy	of	this	notice	has	been	sent	for	information	only	to	persons	who	have	been	nominated	
by	a	member	to	enjoy	information	rights	under	section	146	of	the	Companies	Act	2006	 
(a	‘Nominated	Person’).	The	rights	to	appoint	a	proxy	can	not	be	exercised	by	a	Nominated	
Person:	they	can	only	be	exercised	by	the	member.	However,	a	Nominated	Person	may	have	
a right under an agreement between him and the member by whom he was nominated to be 
appointed	as	a	proxy	for	the	Meeting	or	to	have	someone	else	so	appointed.	If	a	Nominated	
Person does not have such a right or does not wish to exercise it, he may have a right under 
such an agreement to give instructions to the member as to the exercise of voting rights.

	CREST	members	who	wish	to	appoint	a	proxy	or	proxies	by	utilising	the	CREST	electronic	
proxy appointment service may do so by utilising the procedures described in the CREST 
Manual	on	the	Euroclear	website	(www.euroclear.com/CREST).	CREST	Personal	Members	
or other CREST sponsored members, and those CREST members who have appointed a 
voting	service	provider(s),	should	refer	to	their	CREST	sponsor	or	voting	service	provider(s),	
who will be able to take the appropriate action on their behalf. In order for a proxy appointment 
made	by	means	of	CREST	to	be	valid,	the	appropriate	CREST	message	(a	‘CREST	Proxy	
Instruction’)	must	be	properly	authenticated	in	accordance	with	Euroclear	UK	&	Ireland	
Limited’s	(“EUI”)	specifications	and	must	contain	the	information	required	for	such	instructions,	
as	described	in	the	CREST	Manual.	The	message	(regardless	of	whether	it	constitutes	the	
appointment	of	a	proxy)	or	an	amendment	to	the	instruction	given	to	a	previously	appointed	
proxy must, in order to be valid, be transmitted so as to be received by the issuer’s agent  
(ID	number	–	RA10)	by	the	latest	time(s)	for	receipt	of	proxy	appointments	specified	in	
the	notice	of	meeting.	For	this	purpose,	the	time	of	receipt	will	be	taken	to	be	the	time	(as	
determined	by	the	timestamp	applied	to	the	message	by	the	CREST	Applications	Host)	from	
which the issuer’s agent is able to retrieve the message by enquiry to CREST in the manner 
prescribed by CREST. The Company may treat as invalid a CREST Proxy Instruction in the 
circumstances	set	out	in	regulation	35(5)(a)	of	the	Uncertificated	Securities	Regulations	2001.

117

	
	
	
	
7.	

	CREST	members	and,	where	applicable,	their	CREST	sponsors	or	voting	service	
providers should note that EUI does not make available special procedures in CREST 
for	any	particular	messages.	Normal	system	timings	and	limitations	will	therefore	apply	
in relation to the input of CREST Proxy Instructions. It is the responsibility of the CREST 
member	concerned	to	take	(or,	if	the	CREST	member	is	a	CREST	personal	member	or	
sponsored	member	or	has	appointed	a	voting	service	provider(s),	to	procure	that	his	
CREST	sponsor	or	voting	service	provider(s)	take(s))	such	action	as	shall	be	necessary	to	
ensure that a message is transmitted by means of the CREST system by any particular 
time. In this connection, CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or 
voting service providers are referred, in particular, to those sections of the CREST Manual 
concerning practical limitations of the CREST system and timings.

8.	 Resolutions	3	to	8	–	election/re-election	of	directors:

	Resolutions	3	to	8	deal	with	the	election/re-election	of	the	directors	in	accordance	with	the	
UK	Corporate	Governance	Code	(which	has	replaced	the	Combined	Code	on	Corporate	
Governance).	The	Governance	Code	provides	for	all	directors	of	FTSE	350	companies	to	
be	subject	to	election/re-election	by	their	shareholders	every	year.	The	Governance	Code	
applies	on	a	“comply	or	explain”	basis	and	applies	to	financial	years	beginning	on	or	after	
29	June	2010.	Accordingly,	in	keeping	with	the	Board’s	aim	of	complying	with	the	Code,	
unless not in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders, each member of

 the board is standing for re-election, and in the cases of Robin Buchanan and Andrew 
Bracey for election, by the shareholders at this year’s Annual General Meeting. Biographical 
information	on	each	of	the	directors	is	contained	on	pages	33	and	34	of	the	Annual	Report	
and	Accounts.	The	Chairman	confirms	that,	following	formal	performance	evaluation,	all	
directors	standing	for	election/re-election	continue	to	perform	effectively	and	demonstrate	
commitment to the role.

9.	 Resolution	12	–	political	donations:

	For	the	purpose	of	this	resolution,	‘political	donations’,	‘political	organisations’	and	‘political	
expenditure’	have	the	meanings	given	to	them	in	Section	363-365	of	the	2006	Act.

 In accordance with its Business Principles, it is the Company’s policy not to make 
contributions to political parties. There is no intention to change it. However, what 
constitutes	a	‘political	party’,	a	‘political	organisation’,	‘political	donations’	or	‘political	
expenditure’	under	the	Companies	Act	2006	is	not	easy	to	decide	as	the	legislation	
is capable of wide interpretation. Sponsorship, subscriptions, payment of expenses, 
paid	leave	for	employees	fulfilling	public	duties,	and	support	for	bodies	representing	the	
business community in policy review or reform, among other things, may fall within this. 
Therefore, notwithstanding that the Company has not made a political donation in the 
past, and has no intention of, either now or in the future, making any political donation 
or incurring any political expenditure in respect of any political party, political organisation 
or	independent	election	candidate,	the	Board	has	decided	to	put	forward	Resolution	12	
to renew the authority granted by shareholders at the last Annual General Meeting of the 
Company. This will allow the Company to continue to support the community and put 
forward its views to wider business and Government interests without running the risk of 
being	in	breach	of	the	law.	As	permitted	under	the	2006	Act,	Resolution	12	has	also	been	
extended to cover any of these activities by the Company’s subsidiaries.

10.	 Resolution	13	–	directors’	authority	to	allot	shares:

	If	passed,	Resolution	13	will	give	the	directors	authority	to	allot	ordinary	shares	in	the	
capital	of	the	Company	up	to	a	maximum	nominal	amount	of	£1,046,509	representing	
approximately	33%	of	the	Company’s	issued	ordinary	share	capital	(excluding	treasury	
shares)	as	at	9	April	2012	(the	latest	practicable	date	before	publication	of	this	notice).	 
This	power	will	last	until	the	conclusion	of	the	next	Annual	General	Meeting	in	2013.	

The directors have no present intention of exercising this authority. 

 As at the date of this letter the Company does not hold any ordinary shares in the  
capital of the Company in treasury.

A
N
N
u
A
l
G
e
N
e
R
A
l
M
e
e
T
N
G

i

118

 
 
	
 
	
 
	
 
 
11.	 Resolution	14	–	disapplication	of	pre-emption	rights:

12.	 Resolution	15	–	buyback	authority:

	Resolution	14	will	give	the	directors	authority	to	allot	shares	in	the	capital	of	the	Company	
pursuant	to	the	authority	granted	under	Resolution	13	for	cash	without	complying	with	the	pre-
emption	rights	in	the	Companies	Act	2006	in	certain	circumstances.	This	authority	will	permit	
the directors to allot:

(a)	 	shares	up	to	a	nominal	amount	of	£1,046,509,	(representing	one-third	of	the	Company’s	
issued	share	capital)	on	an	offer	to	existing	shareholders	on	a	pre-emptive	basis	(in	each	
case subject to adjustments for fractional entitlements and overseas shareholders as the 
directors’	see	fit);	and

(b)	 	shares	up	to	a	maximum	nominal	value	of	£158,562,	representing	approximately	5%	of	

the	issued	ordinary	share	capital	of	the	Company	as	at	9	April	2012	(the	latest	practicable	
date	prior	to	publication	of	this	notice)	otherwise	than	in	connection	with	an	offer	to	existing	
shareholders.

The directors have no present intention of exercising this authority.

	The	directors	confirm	their	intention	to	follow	the	provisions	of	the	Pre-emption	Group’s	
Statement of Principles regarding cumulative usage of authorities within a rolling three-year 
period. The Principles provide that companies should not issue for cash shares representing 
in	excess	of	7.5%	of	the	Company’s	issued	share	capital	in	any	rolling	three-year	period,	other	
than to existing shareholders, without prior consultation with shareholders.

	Resolution	15	gives	the	Company	authority	to	buy	back	its	own	ordinary	shares	in	the	market	
as	permitted	by	the	Companies	Act	2006.	The	authority	limits	the	number	of	shares	that	
could	be	purchased	to	a	maximum	of	31,712,398	(representing	approximately	10%	of	the	
Company’s	issued	ordinary	share	capital	(excluding	treasury	shares)	as	at	9	April	2012	(the	
latest	practicable	date	prior	to	publication	of	this	notice))	and	sets	minimum	and	maximum	
prices. This authority will expire at the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting of the 
Company	in	2013.

 The directors have no present intention of exercising the authority to purchase the Company’s 
ordinary	shares	but	will	keep	the	matter	under	review,	taking	into	account	the	financial	
resources of the Company, the Company’s share price and future funding opportunities. The 
authority will be exercised only if the directors believe that to do so would result in an increase 
in earnings per share and would be in the interests of shareholders generally. Any purchases of 
ordinary shares would be by means of market purchases through the London Stock Exchange.

 Listed companies purchasing their own shares are allowed to hold them in treasury as an 
alternative	to	cancelling	them.	No	dividends	are	paid	on	shares	while	they	are	held	in	treasury	
and no voting rights attach to treasury shares.

	If	Resolution	15	is	passed	at	the	Meeting,	it	is	the	Company’s	current	intention	to	cancel	all	of	
the shares it may purchase pursuant to the authority granted to it. However, in order to respond 
properly to the Company’s capital requirements and prevailing market conditions,  
the directors will need to reassess at the time of any and each actual purchase whether to  
hold the shares in treasury or cancel them, provided it is permitted to do so.

	As	at	9	April	2012	(the	latest	practicable	date	prior	to	the	publication	of	this	notice),	there	 
were	22,882,584	warrants	and	options	to	subscribe	for	shares	in	the	capital	of	the	Company	
representing	7.2%	of	the	Company’s	issued	share	capital	(excluding	treasury	shares).	If	this	
authority to purchase the Company’s ordinary shares and the existing authority to purchase 
taken	at	last	year’s	AGM	(which	expires	at	the	end	of	this	year’s	AGM)	were	to	be	exercised	
in	full,	these	options	would	represent	8.0%	of	the	Company’s	issued	share	capital	(excluding	
treasury	shares).

119

	
	
	
 
	
	
  
 
	
	
A
N
N
u
A
l
G
e
N
e
R
A
l
M
e
e
T
N
G

i

120

13.	 Resolution	16	–	length	of	notice	for	general	meetings:

14.	 	To	have	the	right	to	attend	and	vote	(whether	in	person	or	by	proxy)	at	the	Meeting	or	

	This	is	a	resolution	to	allow	the	Company	to	hold	general	meetings	(other	than	Annual	
General	Meetings)	on	14	days	notice.	

	Before	the	introduction	of	the	Companies	(Shareholders’	Rights)	Regulations	2009:	 
(The	‘Shareholders’	Rights	Regulations’)	on	3	August	2009,	the	minimum	notice	period	
permitted	by	the	2006	Act	for	general	meetings	(other	than	annual	general	meetings)	was	
14	days.	One	of	the	amendments	made	to	the	2006	Act	by	the	Shareholders’	Rights	
Regulations was to increase the minimum notice period for general meetings of listed 
companies	to	21	days,	but	with	an	ability	for	companies	to	reduce	this	period	back	to	14	
days	(other	than	for	annual	general	meetings)	provided	that	two	conditions	are	met.	The	
first	condition	is	that	the	Company	offers	a	facility	for	shareholders	to	vote	by	electronic	
means. This condition is met if the Company offers a facility, accessible to all shareholders,  
to appoint a proxy by means of a website. The second condition is that there is an annual 
resolution	of	shareholders	approving	the	reduction	of	the	minimum	notice	period	from	21	
days	to	14	days.

	The	Board	is	therefore	proposing	Resolution	16	as	a	special	resolution	to	approve	14	days	
as the minimum period of notice for all general meetings of the Company other than annual 
general meetings. The approval will be effective until the Company’s next annual general 
meeting, when it is intended that the approval be renewed. The Board will consider on a 
case by case basis whether the use of the flexibility offered by the shorter notice period 
is merited, taking into account the circumstances, including whether the business of the 
meeting is time sensitive.

adjourned	meeting	(and	also	for	the	purpose	of	calculating	how	many	votes	a	person	may	
cast),	a	person	must	have	his/her	name	entered	on	the	register	of	members	by	no	later	
than	6.00	pm	on	16	May	2012	(or	if	the	Meeting	is	adjourned,	at	6.00	pm	on	the	date	
which	is	two	days	prior	to	the	adjourned	meeting).	Changes	to	entries	on	the	register	after	
this	time	shall	be	disregarded	in	determining	the	rights	of	any	person	to	attend	or	vote	(and	
the	number	of	votes	they	may	cast)	at	the	Meeting	or	adjourned	meeting.

15.	 	A	member	of	the	Company	which	is	a	corporation	may	authorise	a	person	or	persons	
to	act	as	its	representative(s)	at	the	Meeting.	In	accordance	with	the	provisions	of	the	
Companies	Act	2006,	each	such	representative	may	exercise	(on	behalf	of	the	corporation)	
the same powers as the corporation could exercise if it were an individual member of the 
Company, provided that they do not do so in relation to the same shares. It is no longer 
necessary to nominate a designated corporate representative.

16.	 	As	at	9	April	2012	(being	the	latest	business	day	prior	to	the	publication	of	this	notice),	 
the	Company’s	issued	share	capital	consists	of	317,181,520	ordinary	shares.	The	
Employee	Benefit	Trust	holds	10,548,099	ordinary	shares	of	the	Company	carrying	
no	voting	rights.	No	shares	are	held	in	treasury.	Therefore	the	total	voting	rights	in	the	
Company	are	306,633,421.

17.	 	The	contents	of	this	notice	of	Meeting,	details	of	the	total	number	of	shares	in	respect	of	
which members are entitled to exercise voting rights at the Meeting, details of the totals 
of the voting rights that members are entitled to exercise at the Meeting and, if applicable, 
any members’ statements, members’ resolutions or members’ matters of business 
received by the Company after the date of this notice will be available on the Company’s 
website:	http://investors.michaelpage.com	

 
 
	
	
	
18.	 	Members	satisfying	the	thresholds	in	section	527	of	the	Companies	Act	2006	can	
require the Company to publish a statement on its website setting out any matter 
relating	to	(a)	the	audit	of	the	Company’s	accounts	(including	the	auditor’s	report	and	
the	conduct	of	the	audit)	that	is	to	be	laid	before	the	Meeting;	or	(b)	any	circumstances	
connected	with	an	auditor	of	the	Company	ceasing	to	hold	office	since	the	last	Annual	
General Meeting, that the members propose to raise at the Meeting. The Company 
cannot require the members requesting the publication to pay its expenses. Any 
statement placed on the website must also be sent to the Company’s auditors no 
later than the time it makes its statement available on the website. The business which 
may be dealt with at the Meeting includes any statement that the Company has been 
required to publish on its website.

19.	 	The	Company	must	cause	to	be	answered	at	the	Meeting	any	question	relating	to	
the business being dealt with at the Meeting that is put by a member attending the 
Meeting, except in certain circumstances, including if it is undesirable in the interests of 
the Company or the good order of the Meeting that the question be answered or if to 
do	so	would	involve	the	disclosure	of	confidential	information.

20.	 	Copies	of	the	directors’	service	contracts	with	the	Company,	and	the	terms	and	

conditions of the non- executive directors, are available for inspection at the registered 
office	of	the	Company	during	usual	business	hours	(Saturdays,	Sundays	and	public	
holidays	excepted)	and	will	be	available	at	the	place	of	the	Meeting	from	8.00	am	until	
its conclusion.

21.	 	You	may	not	use	any	electronic	address	in	this	notice	of	meeting	to	communicate	with	

the Company for any purpose other than those expressly stated.

121

Cautionary  
statement

122

The Business Review has been prepared solely to provide additional information to shareholders  
to assess the Company’s strategies and the potential for those strategies to succeed.

Directors’ responsibility statement

We	confirm	to	the	best	of	our	knowledge:

1.	

2.	

	the	financial	statements,	prepared	in	accordance	with	International	Financial	Reporting	
Standards	as	adopted	by	the	EU,	give	a	true	and	fair	view	of	the	assets,	liabilities,	financial	
position	and	profit	or	loss	of	the	Company	and	the	undertakings	included	in	the	consolidation	
taken as a whole; and

	the	Business	Review,	which	is	incorporated	into	the	directors’	report,	includes	a	fair	review	 
of the development and performance of the business and the position of the Company and  
the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description  
of the principal risks and uncertainties that they face.

On behalf of the Board

S Ingham 
Chief Executive 
6	March	2012	

S Puckett 
Group Finance Director 
6	March	2012

The Business Review contains certain forward-looking statements. These statements are made 
by the directors in good faith based on the information available to them up to the time of their 
approval of this report and such statements should be treated with caution due to the inherent 
uncertainties, including both economic and business risk factors underlying any such forward-
looking information.

Directors’ responsibilities

The	directors	are	responsible	for	preparing	the	Annual	Report	and	the	financial	statements	in	
accordance with applicable laws and regulations. Company law requires the directors to prepare 
such	financial	statements	for	each	financial	year.	Under	that	law	the	directors	are	required	to	
prepare	group	financial	statements	in	accordance	with	International	Financial	Reporting	Standards	
(IFRSs)	as	adopted	by	the	European	Union	and	Article	4	of	the	lAS	Regulation	and	have	also	
chosen	to	prepare	the	parent	company	financial	statements	under	IFRSs	as	adopted	by	the	
European Union. Under company law the directors must not approve the accounts unless they  
are	satisfied	that	they	give	a	true	and	fair	view	of	the	state	of	affairs	of	the	Company	and	of	the	 
profit	or	loss	of	the	Company	for	that	period.	In	preparing	these	financial	statements,	the	directors	
are required to:

•	 properly	select	and	apply	accounting	policies;

•	

•	

	present	information,	including	accounting	policies,	in	a	manner	that	provides	relevant,	reliable,	
comparable and understandable information;

	provide	additional	disclosures	when	compliance	with	the	specific	requirements	in	lFRSs	are	
insufficient	to	enable	users	to	understand	the	impact	of	particular	transactions,	other	events	
and	conditions	on	the	entity’s	financial	position	and	financial	performance;	and

•	

	make	an	assessment	of	the	Company’s	ability	to	continue	as	a	going	concern.

The	directors	are	responsible	for	keeping	proper	accounting	records	that	are	sufficient	to	show	 
and explain the Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the 
financial	position	of	the	Company	and	enable	them	to	ensure	that	the	financial	statements	comply	
with	the	Companies	Act	2006.	They	are	also	responsible	for	safeguarding	the	assets	of	the	
Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and 
other irregularities. The directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate 
and	financial	information	included	on	the	Company’s	website.	Legislation	in	the	United	Kingdom	
governing	the	preparation	and	dissemination	of	financial	statements	may	differ	from	legislation	in	
other jurisdictions.

123

N
O
T
e
S

Notes

124124

 
Accounting, ActuAriAl, tAx & treAsury

Agency
Buying & MerchAndising

construction
consultAncy, strAtegy & chAnge

design & developMent
digitAl

educAtion
engineering & MAnufActuring

executive interiM

executive seArch
fAcilities MAnAgeMent

finAnce

finAnciAl services
heAlthcAre

hospitAlity & leisure
huMAn resources
insurAnce
legAl

www.michaelpageinternational.com

life sciences
logistics

MArketing

Mining & resources
not-for-profit
offshore

oil & gAs
policy
procureMent & supply chAin

property
puBlic sector
retAil operAtions & retAil BAnking

sAles
secretAriAl

tAxAtion
technology

treAsury